Assign rtnl_link_ops->get_link_net() callback so that IFLA_LINK_NETNSID is
added to rtnetlink messages.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Assign rtnl_link_ops->get_link_net() callback so that IFLA_LINK_NETNSID is
added to rtnetlink messages.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kernel's string library does in fact have strcasecmp, at least
since ded220bd8f ("[STRING]: Move strcasecmp/strncasecmp to
lib/string.c"). Moreover, this open-coded version is in fact wrong: If
the strings only differ in their last character, a and b have already
been incremented to point to the terminating NUL bytes, so they would
wrongly be treated as equal.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
if(!wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout(...))
only handles the timeout case - this patch adds handling the
signal case the same as timeout.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <der.herr@hofr.at>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
if(!wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout(...))
only handles the timeout case - this patch adds handling the
signal case the same as timeout.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <der.herr@hofr.at>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Coverity: CID 114932
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This clause is conditioned on htc_hdr != NULL, but it will only be NULL
when that check is reached.
Coverity: CID 114318
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch introduces the use of function put_unaligned_le32.
This is done using Coccinelle and semantic patch used is as follows:
@a@
typedef u32, __le32, uint32_t;
{u32,__le32,uint32_t} e32;
identifier tmp;
expression ptr;
expression y,e;
type T;
type T;
@@
- tmp = cpu_to_le32(y);
<+... when != tmp
(
- memcpy(ptr, (T)&tmp, \(4\|sizeof(u32)\|sizeof(__le32)\|sizeof(uint32_t)\|sizeof(e32)\));
+ put_unaligned_le32(y,ptr);
|
- memcpy(ptr, (T)&tmp, ...);
+ put_unaligned_le32(y,ptr);
)
...+>
? tmp = e
@@ type T; identifier a.tmp; @@
- T tmp;
...when != tmp
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We recently introduced a new error path which needs an unlock.
Fixes: 6d5a748d48 ('wlcore: add ability to reduce FW interrupts during suspend')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The else if check condition checks for the opposite of the
if check, hence the else if check is redundant and can be
replaced with a simple else:
if (rtlpriv->rtlhal.macphymode == SINGLEMAC_SINGLEPHY) {
..
} else if (rtlpriv->rtlhal.macphymode != SINGLEMAC_SINGLEPHY) {
..
}
replaced with:
if (rtlpriv->rtlhal.macphymode == SINGLEMAC_SINGLEPHY) {
..
} else {
..
}
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add an option "blink" to enable or disable the LED blink. The default
value is set to 1 so that existing users would not experience any
unexpected changes.
Signed-off-by: Hong Xu <hong@topbug.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently, wcn36xx only asks for a TX BA session if it has
already established one for RX. Thus, two wcn36xx devices cannot
do a-mpdu between themselves since they both wait for the other
to go first. Fix this by starting a BA session after a few QoS
data frames have been sent to a STA.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The pdu is part of the buffer descriptor, so it makes
sense that one function would fill both. Also, passing
the whole skb instead of just the header pointer to the
set_tx_data function paves the way for using its fields
for ampdu setup inside set_tx_data().
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The dxe lock is missing its initialization, so add it.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
ctl->skb_lock is never initialized, a fact caught by lockdep.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The DMA engine will reset the valid bit after a descriptor is
complete; any with the valid bit still set may still be in
use by the hardware, so check that before freeing the descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
wcn36xx currently sends an incorrect sequence number into the BA session
setup firmware command: it should be saving or updating the ssn in the
TX_START ampdu_action callback instead of waiting until TX_OPERATIONAL.
However, we can sidestep the issue by letting the hardware generate the
sequence numbers for QoS frames, as is done in prima, so do that.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
bd->tx_comp is a single bit in a bitfield, so assigning
"info->flags & IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS" only happens
to work because TX_STATUS is defined to BIT(0); if it were
any other bit this assignment would fail.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Set up default configuration for the device when we call start.
The defaults come from dumps from the prima driver for the same
hardware.
This fixes transmit A-MPDU; previously only one MPDU would be
sent per A-MPDU due to missing MAX_MPDUS_IN_AMPDU setting.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Avoid printing dev_{warn/dbg} messages while holding spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Ignore scan and connection requests from cfg80211 when driver
unload is in process or previous command has timed out due to
a firmware bug. This patch fixes corner case system crash
issues.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Check if the frame has been completed without any
error and use IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED to
indicate successful transmission of no-ack frames.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* cleanups / improvemnts in rate control
* fixes for TDLS
* major statistics work from Johannes - more to come
* improvements for the fw error dump infrastructure
* usual amount of small fixes here and there (scan, D0i3 etc...)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=rSyU
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2015-01-22' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* more work for new devices (4165 / 8260)
* cleanups / improvemnts in rate control
* fixes for TDLS
* major statistics work from Johannes - more to come
* improvements for the fw error dump infrastructure
* usual amount of small fixes here and there (scan, D0i3 etc...)
Don't update Tx tail descriptor if queue hasn't been stopped
and we know at least one more skb will be sent right away.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't update Tx tail descriptor if we queue hasn't been stopped and
we know at least one more skb will be sent right away.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Commit 5ac6f91d changed the igb driver to expose a zero (empty) mac
address to the VF on reset rather than a random one.
However, that behavioral change also requires igbvf driver changes
which can be hard especially when we want to talk to proprietary
guest OSs.
Looking at the code previous to the commit in Linux that made igbvf
work with empty mac addresses (8d56b6d), we can see that on reset
failure the driver will try to generate a new mac address with both
the old and the new code.
Furthermore, ixgbe does send reset failure when it detects an empty
mac address (35055928c).
So I think it's safe to make igb behave the same. With this patch I
can successfully run a Windows 8.1 guest with an empty mac address
and an assigned igbvf device that has no mac address set by the host.
If anyone is aware of a guest driver that chokes on NACK returns of
VF RESET commands, please speak up.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Based on feedback from the hardware team, 100us is too short of a time
to wait for the data path reset to complete and the recommendation is to
increase this timeout to 150us.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
fm10k supports up to 184 bytes of inner+outer headers. Add an initial
check to fail encap offload if these are too large.
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The networking core does it for the driver during registration time.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i210 device offers a number of special PTP Hardware Clock features on
the Software Defined Pins (SDPs). This patch adds support for two of the
possible functions, namely time stamping external events, and periodic
output signals.
The assignment of PHC functions to the four SDP can be freely chosen by
the user.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i210 device can produce an interrupt on the full second. This
patch allows using this interrupt to generate an internal PPS event
for adjusting the kernel system time.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The time sync related interrupt registers may be manipulated from
different contexts. This patch protects the registers from being
asynchronously changed by the reset function.
Also, the patch removes a misleading comment. The reset function
is disabling a bunch of functions, not enabling them.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The code that handles the time sync interrupt is repeated in three
different places. This patch refactors the identical code blocks into
a single helper function.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up the page reuse code getting it into a state where all
the workarounds needed are in place as well as cleaning up a few minor
oversights such as using __free_pages instead of put_page to drop a locally
allocated page.
It also cleans up how we clear the descriptor status bits. Previously they
were zeroed as a part of clearing the hdr_addr. However the hdr_addr is a
64 bit field and 64 bit writes can be a bit more expensive on on 32 bit
systems. Since we are no longer using the header split feature the upper
32 bits of the address no longer need to be cleared. As a result we can
just clear the status bits and leave the length and VLAN fields as-is which
should provide more information in debugging.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up the page reuse code getting it into a state where all
the workarounds needed are in place as well as cleaning up a few minor
oversights such as using __free_pages instead of put_page to drop a locally
allocated page.
It also cleans up how we clear the descriptor status bits. Previously they
were zeroed as a part of clearing the hdr_addr. However the hdr_addr is a
64 bit field and 64 bit writes can be a bit more expensive on on 32 bit
systems. Since we are no longer using the header split feature the upper
32 bits of the address no longer need to be cleared. As a result we can
just clear the status bits and leave the length and VLAN fields as-is which
should provide more information in debugging.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables the use of software timestamping via the virtio_net
driver.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With the Intel 82527EI (driver: e1000e) there is an issue when running
the ptpd2 program, that leads to a kernel oops. The reason is here that
in e1000_xmit_frame() a work queue will be scheduled that has not been
initialized in this case. The work queue "tx_hwstamp_work" will only be
initialized if adapter->flags & FLAG_HAS_HW_TIMESTAMP set. This check
is missing in e1000_xmit_frame().
The following patch adds the missing check.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Koehrer <mathias.koehrer@etas.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
To be future-proof and for better readability the time comparisons are
modified to use time_after_eq() instead of plain, error-prone math.
Signed-off-by: Asaf Vertz <asaf.vertz@tandemg.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the PHY_CTXT command sent to the FW the TX chains were
indeed configured by the values of both FW TLVs and of NVM,
but the RX chains were left out and configured only by FW
TLV.
This causes problems in 4165 HW, where there are 1x1
antennas, and the wrong configuration denies the driver
from connecting to the AP.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The driver loads the 2 CPU sections, then it needs to let
the firmware know to start the authentication of the
sections. This is done by writing the relevants bits to
FH_UCODE_LOAD_STATUS.
For CPU1, the driver sets the lower 16 bits. For both CPUs,
the driver sets all the 32 bits.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The stats argument is always only passed as &mvm->drv_rx_stats, so
there's no point in passing it when the mvm pointer is passed.
Remove the argument entirely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The new API tells the FW that it's allowed to use STBC
but the FW will decide on its own whether to use STBC
or SISO (and in the future Beamformer).
Keep support for the old API which sets STBC explicitly
in the rates in the LQ table while we still support old
FW revisions.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Prepare to add some more code there so refactor to
separate functions.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
for_each_set_bit expect the size in number of bits and not
in bytes.
Fixes: a0f6bf2a5b ("iwlwifi: mvm: use private TFD queues for TDLS stations")
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The iwl_mvm_mac_get_queues_mask() added vif->hw_queue[ac] to the
queue mask although it might be set to IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
With this value, we de-facto disable the feature. Since it
is not working yet, disable it completely.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
C step functionality in the driver is exactly the same as
B step besides the ucode name that present as iwlwifi-8000C-xx.ucode
instead of iwlwifi-8000B-xx.ucode
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The ref_lock that was recently added is missing initialization
which makes lockdep unhappy and is generally a bad idea.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add a comment indicating that the WLAN_CIPHER_SUITE_WEP104 case falls
through to the WLAN_CIPHER_SUITE_WEP40 case in iwl_mvm_send_sta_key.
This will document that the lack of a break is intentional.
Coverity: CID 1260023
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Tx STBC was used only when in CAM mode or if powersave is disabled.
Effectively this meant we never used STBC as these modes aren't
used on most platforms by default. Change that.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This is now implemented by mac80211 (commit below).
mac80211 will flush/drop the frames on the queues before
suspending / disconnecting.
It will then send the deauth and wait until the queues are
empty.
commit 3b24f4c653
Author: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Date: Wed Jan 7 15:42:39 2015 +0200
mac80211: let flush() drop packets when possible
This reverts commit 4e6c48e098.
In order to change the usage of U-APSD on the fly later,
move the enabling condition into a new function that is
called when authenticated.
This allows the module parameter to become writable, it
won't take effect immediately but at least on the next
association the new value will be used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Some further updates for net-next:
* fix network-manager which was broken by the previous changes
* fix delete-station events, which were broken by me making the
genlmsg_end() mistake
* fix a timer left running during suspend in some race conditions
that would cause an annoying (but harmless) warning
* (less important, but in the tree already) remove 80+80 MHz rate
reporting since the spec doesn't distinguish it from 160 MHz;
as the bitrate they're both 160 MHz bandwidth
If the firmware sends spontaneous DTS notfications with the
temperature (indicated in a TLV), we can ignore the temperature we get
in the RX statistics notifications. This prevents potentially
handling the same temperature change twice. It also ignores
notifications with temperature equal to 0 that happens from time to
time.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
These aren't useful and overflowing so drop them
and also fix a minor typo.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There's no need to duplicate the structure field name in the string,
just generate the string in the macro that's there anyway. To keep
the debugfs output the same, rename one (otherwise unused) field.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware API structs are split differently, synchronize
the struct splits with the current firmware definitions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When we want to trigger an NMI in the device, we need to set
bit 7 and not bit 0. However, older firmwares don't register
to the interrupt issued by bit 7. Use bit 7 first so that
the correct interrupt will be issued hoping that the firmware
will react. To be on the safe side, set bit 0 in case the
firmware didn't register to the proper interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When the FW is in error status - try to read the RXF and
TXF (all of them) and add them to the dump data.
This shouldn't happen in non-error statuses, as we don't
want to stop the RXF/TXF while they are running.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Some HW modules have two SRAMs. In such cases add the secondary SRAM to
the list of dumped segments.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
As this functionality relies on getting a firmware notification
it is difficult to test. Allow accessing the data for it from
debugfs to be able to trigger all kinds of scenarios to test.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
A new host command can be used to configure the scheduler
instead of accessing the scheduler's registers from the
driver. This is easier and less error prone since accessing
the hardware at certain moments can lead to races with the
firmware.
Prefer to use the host command whenever it is available.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Use only basic dwell time (10 ms for active scan and 110 for passive),
regardless of the number of the probes and the band, if it is
supported by the FW. The FW will add 3 ms for each probe sent and 10
ms for low band channels.
Add a TLV flag to indicate such support in FW.
This fix is needed to fix few bugs regarding scans that take too much time.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The driver doesn't support the firmwares that don't have
these capabilities. The code that actually used these
flags has been removed already, but the flags were left
for an unclear reason. Remove them.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Print the nvm version in the log for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Fragmented scan should be applied for all channels, passive and active.
When scanning on passive channels the firmware uses frag_passive_dwell
to define the maximum continuous scan time before returning to the
operating channel. On active channels max_out_time is the parameter
used by the firmware to define the maximum time allowed out of the
operating channel. Since active channels' scan should also be fragmented
set max_out_time equal to frag_passive_dwell.
In addition:
- Set max_out_time and suspend_time if the firmware doesn't support
fragmented scan to avoid unexpected behavior.
- Adjust max_out_time for second level of scan precedence.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This is to work around interoperability bugs with devices
that don't hanle MIMO properly.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
iwl_mvm_fw_dbg_collect allows to collect debug data from
the firmware. Most of the firmware interaction is done in
non-sleepable context. It makes little sense to force the
caller of iwl_mvm_fw_dbg_collect to sleep.
Defer the actual collection to a worker so that this
function will be able to be called from any context.
Reviewed-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In case platform is in d0i3 - make sure it is awake when
writing the registers to stop the monitor when collecting FW
debug data. Plus, remove unneeded mutex locking currently
done.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This option enables scan offload iteration complete notification from
firmware which includes the last iteration's status and the scanned
channels from the current iteration.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add a new config for 4165 series over PCI and insert support
for two new 4165 series PCI IDs.
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This makes sure that we're not trying to read/write any of
the FW debug data collected during d0i3.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Repeating the legacy rates avoids degrading quickly to
lower rates due to collisions which is common when doing
TCP Tx traffic in legacy.
This slightly improves TCP Tx throughput while working
in legacy in different scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If Tx failed because the STA was in powersave there's no point
in sending a BAR so avoid indicating AMPDU_NO_BACK to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Put controller into init mode in network stop to end pending transmissions. The
issue is observed in cases when transmitted frame is not acked.
Signed-off-by: Viktor Babrian <babrian.viktor@renyi.mta.hu>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Some devices might not implement config space access
(e.g. remoteproc used not to - before 3.9).
virtio/net needs config space access so make it
fail gracefully if not there.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Pull RCU updates from Paul E. McKenney:
- Documentation updates.
- Miscellaneous fixes.
- Preemptible-RCU fixes, including fixing an old bug in the
interaction of RCU priority boosting and CPU hotplug.
- SRCU updates.
- RCU CPU stall-warning updates.
- RCU torture-test updates.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
In order to be able to move the stats increment from can_bus_off() into
can_change_state(), the increment had to be moved back into code that was using
can_bus_off() but not can_change_state().
As a side-effect, this patch fixes the following bugs:
* Redundant call to can_bus_off() in c_can.
* Bus-off counted twice in xilinx_can.
Signed-off-by: Andri Yngvason <andri.yngvason@marel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
These are coming from the FW and are used to access arrays.
Bad values can cause an out of bounds access so discard
such ba_notifs and warn.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.10+]
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
"sp->desc[i]" has 25 characters. "dev->name" has 15 characters. If we
used all 15 characters then the sprintf() would overflow.
I changed the "sprintf(sp->name, "%s Neterion %s"" to snprintf(), as
well, even though it can't overflow just to be consistent.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fix network-manager which was broken by the previous changes
* fix delete-station events, which were broken by me making the
genlmsg_end() mistake
* fix a timer left running during suspend in some race conditions
that would cause an annoying (but harmless) warning
* (less important, but in the tree already) remove 80+80 MHz rate
reporting since the spec doesn't distinguish it from 160 MHz;
as the bitrate they're both 160 MHz bandwidth
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Bvmr
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-01-19' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Some further updates for net-next:
* fix network-manager which was broken by the previous changes
* fix delete-station events, which were broken by me making the
genlmsg_end() mistake
* fix a timer left running during suspend in some race conditions
that would cause an annoying (but harmless) warning
* (less important, but in the tree already) remove 80+80 MHz rate
reporting since the spec doesn't distinguish it from 160 MHz;
as the bitrate they're both 160 MHz bandwidth
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Read OCP register 0xa43a~0xa43b would clear some flags which the hw
would use, and it may let the device lost. However, the unit of
reading is 4 bytes. That is, it would read 0xa438~0xa43b when calling
sram_read() to read OCP_SRAM_DATA.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For ocp_write_word() and ocp_write_byte(), there is a generic_ocp_read()
which is used to read the whole 4 byte data, keep the unchanged bytes,
and modify the expected bytes. However, the "byen" could be used to
determine which bytes of the 4 bytes to write, so the action could be
removed.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IRQs should only get activated when there is nothing to poll in the
queue any more and to after every poll.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
napi should get registered before the netdev and not after.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mii_check_media() does not update the link (carrier) state or log link
changes when the link mode is forced. Drivers using the mii library
must do this themselves, but most of them do not.
Instead of changing them all, provide a sensible default behaviour
similar to mii_check_link() when the mode is forced.
via-rhine depends on it being a no-op in this case, so make its call
to mii_check_media() conditional.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver connects and disconnects the PHY device whenever the
net device is brought up and down. The ethtool get_settings,
set_settings and nway_reset operations will dereference a null
or dangling pointer if called while it is down.
I think it would be preferable to keep the PHY connected, but there
may be good reasons not to.
As an immediate fix for this bug:
- Set the phydev pointer to NULL after disconnecting the PHY
- Change those three operations to return -ENODEV while the PHY is
not connected
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently net_device_ops::set_rx_mode is only implemented for
chips with a TSU (multiple address table). However we do need
to turn the PRM (promiscuous) flag on and off for other chips.
- Remove the unlikely() from the TSU functions that we may safely
call for chips without a TSU
- Make setting of the MCT flag conditional on the tsu capability flag
- Rename sh_eth_set_multicast_list() to sh_eth_set_rx_mode() and plumb
it into both net_device_ops structures
- Remove the previously-unreachable branch in sh_eth_rx_mode() that
would otherwise reset the flags to defaults for non-TSU chips
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enhances the NetCP gbe driver to support 10GbE subsystem
available in Keystone NetCP. The 3-port 10GbE switch sub-module contains
the following components:- 10GbE Switch, MDIO Module, 2 PCS-R Modules
(10GBase-R) and 2 SGMII modules (10/100/1000Base-T). The GBE driver
together with netcp core driver provides support for 10G Ethernet
on Keystone SoCs.
10GbE hardware spec is available at
http://www.ti.com/general/docs/lit/getliterature.tsp?baseLiteratureNumber=spruhj5&fileType=pdf
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@linaro.org>
Cc: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@kernel.org>
Cc: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
Cc: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Cc: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
Cc: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Wingman Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add support for 1G Ethernet driver based on Keystone
NetCP hardware. The gigabit Ethernet (GbE) switch subsystem is one of the main
components of the network coprocessor (NETCP) peripheral. The purpose of the
gigabit Ethernet switch subsystem in the NETCP is to provide an interface to
transfer data between the host device and another connected device in
compliance with the Ethernet protocol. GbE consists of 5 port Ethernet Switch
module, 4 Serial Gigabit Media Independent Interface (SGMII) modules, MDIO
module and SerDes.
Driver for 5 port GbE switch and SGMII module is added in this patch. These
hardware modules along with netcp core driver provides Network driver functions
for 1G Ethernet.
Detailed hardware spec is available at
http://www.ti.com/lit/ug/sprugv9d/sprugv9d.pdf
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@linaro.org>
Cc: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@kernel.org>
Cc: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
Cc: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Cc: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
Cc: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Wingman Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network coprocessor (NetCP) is a hardware accelerator available in
Keystone SoCs that processes Ethernet packets. NetCP consists of following
hardware components
1 Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) subsystem with a Ethernet switch sub-module to
send and receive packets.
2 Packet Accelerator (PA) module to perform packet classification
operations such as header matching, and packet modification operations
such as checksum generation.
3 Security Accelerator(SA) capable of performing IPSec operations on
ingress/egress packets.
4 An optional 10 Gigabit Ethernet Subsystem (XGbE) which includes a
3-port Ethernet switch sub-module capable of 10Gb/s and 1Gb/s rates
per Ethernet port.
5 Packet DMA and Queue Management Subsystem (QMSS) to enqueue and dequeue
packets and DMA the packets between memory and NetCP hardware components
described above.
NetCP core driver make use of the Keystone Navigator driver API to allocate
DMA channel for the Ethenet device and to handle packet queue/de-queue,
Please refer API's in include/linux/soc/ti/knav_dma.h and
drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss.h for details.
NetCP driver consists of NetCP core driver and at a minimum Gigabit
Ethernet (GBE) module (1) driver to implement the Network device function.
Other modules (2,3) can be optionally added to achieve supported hardware
acceleration function. The initial version of the driver include NetCP
core driver and GBE driver modules.
Please refer Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/keystone-netcp.txt
for design of the driver.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@linaro.org>
Cc: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@kernel.org>
Cc: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
Cc: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Cc: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
Cc: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Wingman Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit c03abd8463 (net: ethernet: cpsw: don't requests IRQs we don't
use) left one build breakage when NET_POLL_CONTROLLER is enabled.
Fix this build break by referring to the correct irqs_table array.
Fixes: c03abd8463 (net: ethernet: cpsw: don't requests IRQs we don't use)
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement rtnl_link_ops->get_link_net() callback so that IFLA_LINK_NETNSID is
added to rtnetlink messages.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To fix invalid hardware accesses, the commit 872b5d814f ("ath9k: do not
access hardware on IRQs during reset") made the irq handler ignore interrupts
emitted after queueing a hardware reset (which disables the IRQ). This left a
small time window for the IRQ to get re-enabled by the tasklet, which caused
IRQ storms. Instead of returning IRQ_NONE when ATH_OP_HW_RESET is set, disable
the IRQ entirely for the duration of the reset.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Linus's system hit this issue. WiFi would be unavailable
after this has happpened because of bad state in cfg80211.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=WBj6
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-kalle-2015-01-15' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
* one fix for rfkill while scheduled scan is running.
Linus's system hit this issue. WiFi would be unavailable
after this has happpened because of bad state in cfg80211.
When we have an active scheduled scan, and the RFKILL
interrupt kicks in, the stack will cancel the scheduled
scan as part of the down flow. But cancelling scheduled
scan usually implies sending a command to the firwmare
which has been killed as part of the RFKILL interrupt
handling.
Because of that, we returned an error to mac80211 when
it asked to stop the scheduled scan and didn't notify the
end of the scheduled scan. Besides a fat warning, this led
to a situation in which cfg80211 would refuse any new scan
request.
To disentangle this, fake that the scheduled scan has been
stopped without sending the command to the firwmare, return
0 after having properly let cfg80211 know that the scan
has been cancelled.
This is basically the same as:
commit 9b520d8495
Author: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Date: Tue Nov 4 15:54:11 2014 +0200
iwlwifi: mvm: abort scan upon RFKILL
This code existed but not for all the different FW APIs
we support.
Fix this.
but for the scheduled scan case.
Link: http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/133232
Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
CPSW never uses RX_THRESHOLD or MISC interrupts. In
fact, they are always kept masked in their appropriate
IRQ Enable register.
Instead of allocating an IRQ that never fires, it's best
to remove that code altogether and let future patches
implement it if anybody needs those.
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is in preparation for a nicer IRQ
handling scheme where we use different IRQ
handlers for each IRQ line (as it should be).
Later, we will also drop IRQs offset 0 and 3
because they are always disabled in this driver.
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Contrary to common expectations for an "int" return, these functions
return only a positive value -- if used correctly they cannot even
return 0 because the message header will necessarily be in the skb.
This makes the very common pattern of
if (genlmsg_end(...) < 0) { ... }
be a whole bunch of dead code. Many places also simply do
return nlmsg_end(...);
and the caller is expected to deal with it.
This also commonly (at least for me) causes errors, because it is very
common to write
if (my_function(...))
/* error condition */
and if my_function() does "return nlmsg_end()" this is of course wrong.
Additionally, there's not a single place in the kernel that actually
needs the message length returned, and if anyone needs it later then
it'll be very easy to just use skb->len there.
Remove this, and make the functions void. This removes a bunch of dead
code as described above. The patch adds lines because I did
- return nlmsg_end(...);
+ nlmsg_end(...);
+ return 0;
I could have preserved all the function's return values by returning
skb->len, but instead I've audited all the places calling the affected
functions and found that none cared. A few places actually compared
the return value with <= 0 in dump functionality, but that could just
be changed to < 0 with no change in behaviour, so I opted for the more
efficient version.
One instance of the error I've made numerous times now is also present
in net/phonet/pn_netlink.c in the route_dumpit() function - it didn't
check for <0 or <=0 and thus broke out of the loop every single time.
I've preserved this since it will (I think) have caused the messages to
userspace to be formatted differently with just a single message for
every SKB returned to userspace. It's possible that this isn't needed
for the tools that actually use this, but I don't even know what they
are so couldn't test that changing this behaviour would be acceptable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch benefits from newly introduced switchdev notifier and uses it
to propagate fdb learn events from rocker driver to bridge. That avoids
direct function calls and possible use by other listeners (ovs).
Suggested-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After a "page = alloc_page(mask);", we do not need to use
compound_head() : page already points to the right place.
This would be true even if using alloc_pages().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-01-16
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
This series is a little bit larger than normal because two of the patches are
version bumps.
Shannon provides tweaks to i40e and i40evf to keep the firmware, software
and silicon validation in line together by removing unused and
deprecated code, adding define for iSCSI and fix queue mask size. Fix
i40e so we do not give up in the reset/rebuild process if DCB setup
fails, just handle it the same as in the probe setup. Cleans up PTP
log messages by removing the use of __func__ as we are not using that
any longer and removes the netdev name, since that can change and can
be misleading. Adds struct size checks to indirect and command
structs that were left out previously. Added admin queue API updates
(LLDP control, OEM OCSD and OCBB commands).
Kevin increases ASQ timeout for scenarios with multi-function devices.
Carolyn fixes a problem where the interrupts descriptions from the MSIx
configuration were truncating the needed bus info, which makes it hard
to distinguish configurations from port to port. Increased the string
buffer size in order to allow the full data to be displayed.
Sravanthi cleans up the dump stats string from debugfs.
Jacob updates i40e to only enable the PTP interrupt in PFs which have PTP
enabled, instead of blindly enabling the PTP interrupt flags for all PFs.
Also updated i40e so that we do not do Tx or Rx timestamps if we do not
have PTP enabled. Added the same check against pf->ptp_rx as we have
in Rx timestamp code path because it is possible that the user can
configure only Tx hardware timestamping so we do not want to check for
Rx timestamp hang since the software won't be handling them.
Neerav updates the driver to disable firmware LLDP agent for NICs with
a firmware version lower than v4.3 and added a message when this happens.
Adds parsing and reporting of iSCSI capability for a given device or
function, as well as adding support for iSCSI partition type with DCB
in NPAR mode.
v2:
- Dropped patch 10 "i40e: clean up PTP log messages" based on feedback
from David Laight and David Miller
- Split up the original patch 13 "i40e: AQ API updates for new commands"
into 2 patches (now #12 & #13) based on feedback from Or Gerlitz
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Certain PHY settings need to be configurable by UEFI depending on the
platform being used. Add new device tree / ACPI properties that, if
present, will override the pre-determined values currently used.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for ACPI to the amd-xgbe and amd-xgbe-phy drivers. This
support converts many of the device tree APIs to the new device_property
APIs.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When receiving and processing extended next pages the base registers
were used instead of the XNP registers. Update the code to use the
device XNP and link partner XNP registers.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Advertise and apply the Forward Error Correction capabilities of the
device based on the FEC ability of the device. Also, remove the use
of some hard coded values related to KR and FEC in preference of some
#defines.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The auto negotiation logic was geared to being the initiator of the
auto negotiation. This presented problems when auto negotiation was
initiated by the remote end. Change the auto negotiation logic to
make use of the auto negotiation event interrupt thus allowing the
auto negotiation state machine to function properly in either scenario.
This also removes the polling during auto-negotiation.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the Tx ring cleanup can run at the same time that data is being
transmitted, a spin lock was used to protect the ring. This patch
eliminates the need for Tx spinlocks by updating the current ring
position only after all ownership bits for data being transmitted have
been set. This will insure that ring operations in the Tx cleanup path
do not interfere with the ring operations in the Tx transmit path.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the Rx descriptor ring processing similar to the Tx descriptor
ring processing. Remove the realloc_index and realloc_threshold
variables and base everything on the current index counter and the
dirty index counter.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When performing a device restart, like during an MTU change, sometimes
the device queues still have data and get hung up trying to flush
resulting in the device becoming unresponsive until brought down and
back up. To prevent this, always perform a device reset during a
restart.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reads to registers are undefined when the PCS is powered down. To be
safe, save the CTRL1 register used for power down during suspend and
restore that value during resume.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The amd-xgbe driver relies on the amd-xgbe-phy phylib driver. Add a
check to be sure that if any errors occur during probing of the
amd-xgbe-phy driver then the amd-xgbe driver returns an error.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This set of patches resolves some checks reported by the checkpatch
tool.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This set of patches resolves some checks reported by the checkpatch
tool.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bump i40e to 1.2.6 and i40evf to 1.2.0 version.
Change-ID: Ice127eee3a5a5d1b8765d83cff8c30f9f3b1bc32
Signed-off-by: Sravanthi Tangeda <sravanthi.tangeda@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add parsing and reporting of iSCSI capability for a given device or
function.
Also add support for iSCSI partition type with DCB in NPAR mode.
In this mode it is expected that software would configure both the LAN
and iSCSI traffic classes for the iSCSI partition; whereas all the NIC
type partitions will use LAN TC (TC0) only.
Hence, the patch enables querying of DCB configuration in MFP mode and
configures TCs for iSCSI partition type.
Though NIC type partitions may not have more than 1 TC enabled for them
the port may have multiple TCs enabled and hence I40E_FLAG_DCB_ENABLED
will be set/reset on all the partitions based on number of TCs on the
port. This is required as in DCB environment it is expected that all
traffic will be priority tagged.
Change-ID: I8c6e1cfd46c46d8a39c57d9020d9ff8d42ed8a7d
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of leaving the Rx timestamps in the same mode as before if we
disable the Rx logic, we can set it into a mode that has the fewest
possible timestamps generated. To do this, select only V1 mode, but do
not enable UDP packet recognition. This should eliminate all (or at
least almost all) Rx timestamps, since V1 packets are always over UDP.
Change-ID: If847288e0030a716e059c4c33ab114f2cf038f05
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It's possible that the user configured only Tx hardware timestamping,
and thus we might be receiving PTP traffic which we timestamp but which
software never reads. In this case we don't want to check for Rx
timestamp hang, because we already know that software won't be handling
them. Thus, we add the same check against pf->ptp_rx as we have in the
Rx timestamp code path.
Change-ID: I66486c8dba307facbff8eace4e52e2f083789d1b
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix up NVM config read and write data structs.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kamil Krawczyk <kamil.krawczyk@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add struct size checks to many of the indirect structs and a few
command structs that were left out previously.
Change-ID: I7810b9af0f04e3ced670639f8671daf7df9b3f4d
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Disable firmware LLDP agent for NICs with firmware version lower than
v4.3. Added a message when driver disables the firmware LLDP agent on
such NICs.
Change-ID: Ia8abf89439c70cb50e23db82753d7d282265506b
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We should not be doing Tx or Rx timestamps if we do not have PTP
enabled. Add checks to ensure that we don't attempt to handle any PTP
related timestamping code if we have not enabled PTP on that PF.
Change-ID: I4335942ae2d5c5f91abfdbeeea02bcace49e7677
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We should not blindly enable the PTP interrupt flags for all PFs. We
should only enable the PTP interrupt in PFs which have enabled
PTP.
Change-ID: I051a17cae4c199a2f3cf7852266e27eda6630525
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump i40e to 1.2.5 and i40evf to 1.0.7.
Change-ID: I622556829056e3ed42d3b9d285fc5ffb693b21cc
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Dump Stats string has been removed from functional debugfs
help message. Now it does not show up when we echo command to
debugfs/Fortville queue.
Change-ID: I9333473826b574f1afa6ddb785fd7adfbdcb2884
Signed-off-by: Sravanthi Tangeda <sravanthi.tangeda@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch creates a define for interrupt name string configuration that
is large enough to contain full bus/slot info, rather than just netdev->name.
Change-ID: Iaac0d23dfb8526defeed69d91cea85ed4a50ddb2
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We don't need to give up in the reset/rebuild process if the DCB setup failed,
so handle it here the same as in the probe setup. Also adjust the log strings
a little to look less scary.
Change-ID: I57308d703047e61d3f1a5e471ea77be232444ca0
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem where the /proc/interrupts descriptions
from the msix configuration were truncating the needed bus info,
making it hard to distinguish configuration from port to port.
This patch increases the string buffer size in order to allow the
full data to be displayed and sync's the text formatting of the misc
and fdir interrupt names
Change-ID: Ib01d6c61fb3f4ac70fbdf5bcc520b22638ea54b7
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Increase ASQ timeout for some scenarios with multi-function devices
Change-ID: I2d7655b19e6c6f9a7ad04deacb106ca8d53886db
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several little tweaks to keep FW, SV, and SW in line together
- Remove the unused and deprecated
i40e_aqc_opc_debug_modify_internals
- Add define for iSCSI capability
- Fix queue mask size
- Adjust i40e_aqc_oem_param_change for ease-of-use
Change-ID: I51f250b367912968a7cec61b3a68110d9796e914
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kamil Kacperski <kamil.kacperski@intel.com>
Acked-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On dm816x we have two emac controllers with separate memory
areas.
Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some devices like dm816x have the MDIO registers within the first EMAC
instance address space. Let's fix the issue by allowing to pass an
optional second IO range for the EMAC control register area.
Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks like the phy_id is never set up beyond getting the phandle.
Note that we can remove the ifdef for phy_node as there is a stub
for of_phy_connec() if CONFIG_OF is not set.
Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We only use clk_get() to get the frequency, the rest is done by
the runtime PM calls. Let's free the clock too.
Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 3ba9738134 ("net: ethernet: davinci_emac: add pm_runtime support")
added support for runtime PM, but it causes issues on omap3 related devices
that actually gate the clocks:
Unhandled fault: external abort on non-linefetch (0x1008)
...
[<c04160f0>] (emac_dev_getnetstats) from [<c04d6a3c>] (dev_get_stats+0x78/0xc8)
[<c04d6a3c>] (dev_get_stats) from [<c04e9ccc>] (rtnl_fill_ifinfo+0x3b8/0x938)
[<c04e9ccc>] (rtnl_fill_ifinfo) from [<c04eade4>] (rtmsg_ifinfo+0x68/0xd8)
[<c04eade4>] (rtmsg_ifinfo) from [<c04dd35c>] (register_netdevice+0x3a0/0x4ec)
[<c04dd35c>] (register_netdevice) from [<c04dd4bc>] (register_netdev+0x14/0x24)
[<c04dd4bc>] (register_netdev) from [<c041755c>] (davinci_emac_probe+0x408/0x5c8)
[<c041755c>] (davinci_emac_probe) from [<c0396d78>] (platform_drv_probe+0x48/0xa4)
Let's fix it by moving the pm_runtime_get() call earlier, and also add it to
the emac_dev_getnetstats(). Also note that we want to use pm_runtime_get_sync()
as we don't want to have deferred_resume happen. And let's also check the
return value for pm_runtime_get_sync() as noted by Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>.
Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Reviewed-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On davinci_emac, we have pulse interrupts. This means that we need to
clear the EOI bits when disabling interrupts as otherwise the interrupts
keep happening. And we also need to not clear the EOI bits again when
enabling the interrupts as otherwise we will get tons of:
unexpected IRQ trap at vector 00
These errors almost certainly mean that the omap-intc.c is signaling
a spurious interrupt with the reserved irq 127 as we've seen earlier
on omap3.
Let's fix the issue by clearing the EOI bits when disabling the
interrupts. Let's also keep the comment for "Rx Threshold and Misc
interrupts are not enabled" for both enable and disable so people
are aware of this when potentially adding more support.
Note that eventually we should handle the RX and TX interrupts
separately like cpsw is now doing. However, so far I have not seen
any issues with this based on my testing, so it seems to behave a
little different compared to the cpsw that had a similar issue.
Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
10/100 MACB does not have the same statistics possibilities as GEM. Separate
macb_ethtool_ops to make a new GEM-specific struct with the new statistics
functions included.
Signed-off-by: Xander Huff <xander.huff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Spaces should surround add, multiply, and bitshift operators.
Signed-off-by: Xander Huff <xander.huff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change comments to not exceed 80 characters per line.
Update block comments in macb.h to start on the line after /*.
Signed-off-by: Xander Huff <xander.huff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Gao Zhenyu <gzhenyu@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Shrikrishna Khare <skhare@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Shreyas N Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=9sbv
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-fixes-for-3.19-20150115' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can 2015-01-15
this is a pull request of 8 patches.
Ahmed S. Darwish contributes 4 fixes for the kvaser_usb driver. The two patches
by Oliver Hartkopp mark the m_can driver as non-ISO, as the CANFD standard was
updated. Roger Quadros's patch for the c_can driver fixes the register access
during RAMINIT. And one patch by my, which updates the MAINTAINERS file, as we
moved the git repos to the kernel.org infrastructure.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Except for VXLAN steering rules, all offloads should work as they were
under plain DMFS mode. Fix that by enabling all the offloads under
DMFS-A0 mode, except for VXLAN steering rules.
Fixes: d57febe1a4 "net/mlx4: Add A0 hybrid steering"
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add Atari specific code to the smc91x Ethernet driver. This code is used
on the EtherNAT adapter card for the Atari Falcon extension port.
Signed-off-by: Michael Schmitz <schmitz@debian.org>
Tested-by: Christian Steigies <cts@debian.org>
[geert: Sort Kconfig entries, split in hard and soft dependencies]
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Acked-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have
* a lot of regulatory code changes to deal with the
way newer Intel devices handle this
* a change to drop packets while disconnecting from
an AP instead of trying to wait for them
* a new attempt at improving the tailroom accounting
to not kick in too much for performance reasons
* improvements in wireless link statistics
* many other small improvements and small fixes that
didn't seem necessary for 3.19 (e.g. in hwsim which
is testing only code)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIcBAABCAAGBQJUt7WEAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqrVBoP/2EViE62HMmXdqG1SZWz8q9o
Iigq8STC/sT2WCx1pYm+tKuVW4LD2O3mCriGNP8A3RwzDZ6H7sKJYb1gV6QCPV6f
4+yT5VSAB3D3lHmp/bbyNsmKCBQ5uS4LVgDrokrkbGpacDu94PYS5Wv9t3x6PBVB
5Xjky6g6A/pSuxTIstSO9k5xkzNjaB1TxvVRz/gJrGcFQVkDFSlVbuTHUVxs8p+p
k6mwY/2WYijZkswWZVQTJLQlF9vRI7PYkKs5m8gz4pjNU48oFJoyu4IP3Z1Xj/Sm
zgT1C9rgp0Du74HYO2niGAvLWgKajAZuW5hIacDndUPjYQQBLgGs/bCJGSntM+x9
XoOdPixdFPT/58ijyYZlmHc8rxPOd2kHsVbwGplp8f195S4VO04D+ejfOaoAUFwX
v/kMvO3XIFmEH1jjkDAC3OTcRMYVMuENyWl7pFzxHIzPeRiEpQUd9iSdM4yol0F2
ZyWvKud4U75Sh+aCiDIIBETtdfCRFe12hgKs4COYbI/UYkGPTPrNei/uisopdubT
JC+7pZOYdSgoX12yVi6ds6DmKE/ZpIQyhIK4wTWgVoszbnfdb9Mw7mJEThwNRjeK
JJPsbuty7u8HWjXzEqHLoTV3BFv1cgRSJc5Wt0zfME+LzD7iQpEpv+QBAguwwChD
Osn55Z3FnKEmBdGcOIje
=vaEW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-01-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Here's a big pile of changes for this round.
We have
* a lot of regulatory code changes to deal with the
way newer Intel devices handle this
* a change to drop packets while disconnecting from
an AP instead of trying to wait for them
* a new attempt at improving the tailroom accounting
to not kick in too much for performance reasons
* improvements in wireless link statistics
* many other small improvements and small fixes that
didn't seem necessary for 3.19 (e.g. in hwsim which
is testing only code)
Conflicts:
drivers/staging/rtl8723au/os_dep/ioctl_cfg80211.c
Minor overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes double kfree() calls at init_rx_ring() because
it causes static checker warning.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Byungho An <bh74.an@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kukjin Kim <kgene@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the MAC address is provided in the device tree file, the
condition is true and kernel crashes due to NULL dereference.
Signed-off-by: Girish K.S <ks.giri@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Byungho An <bh74.an@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kukjin Kim <kgene@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch improves on previously added support for ipv6 addresses. The code
is consolidated to a single file and adds an api for use by dependent upper
level drivers such as cxgb4i/iw_cxgb4 etc.
Signed-off-by: Anish Bhatt <anish@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Deepak Singh <deepak.s@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some reason, we made the bandwidth separate flags, which
is rather confusing - a single rate cannot have different
bandwidths at the same time.
Change this to no longer be flags but use a separate field
for the bandwidth ('bw') instead.
While at it, add support for 5 and 10 MHz rates - these are
reported as regular legacy rates with their real bitrate,
but tagged as 5/10 now to make it easier to distinguish them.
In the nl80211 API, the flags are preserved, but the code
now can also clearly only set a single one of the flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Replace "unsigned long" by "u32" when handling 32-bit register data.
A.o., this saves 11 * 36 bytes in the static sh_eth_cpu_data structures
when compiling for 64-bit.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit b284fbe3b3 ("sh_eth: Fix access to TRSCER register") wanted
to add a .trscer_err_mask value to the R-Car Gen2 family-specific data
structure (r8a779x_data), but it was accidentally added to the
SH7724-specific data structure (sh7724_data).
Presumably this happened due to a patch conflict with commit
d407bc0203 ("sh-eth: Set fdr_value of R-Car SoCs"), which added
another field at the same position.
Move the field setting to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Fixes: b284fbe3b3 ("sh_eth: Fix access to TRSCER register")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In boards, the dm9000 chip's power and reset can be controlled by gpio.
It makes sense to add them to the dm9000 driver and let dt be used to
enable power and reset the phy.
Signed-off-by: Zubair Lutfullah Kakakhel <Zubair.Kakakhel@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
while adding vlan in dual EMAC mode, only specific ports should be
subscribed for the vlan, else it will lead to switching mode and
if both ports connected to same switch cpsw will hung as it creates
a network loop. Fixing this by adding only specific ports in case
of dual EMAC.
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should not touch the packet after a netif_rx: it might
get freed behind our back.
Suggested-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Recent Leaf firmware versions (>= 3.1.557) do not allow to send
commands for non-existing channels. If a command is sent for a
non-existing channel, the firmware crashes.
Reported-by: Christopher Storah <Christopher.Storah@invetech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Olivier Sobrie <olivier@sobrie.be>
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Flooding the Kvaser CAN to USB dongle with multiple reads and
writes in very high frequency (*), closing the CAN channel while
all the transmissions are on (#), opening the device again (@),
then sending a small number of packets would make the driver
enter an almost infinite loop of:
[....]
[15959.853988] kvaser_usb 4-3:1.0 can0: cannot find free context
[15959.853990] kvaser_usb 4-3:1.0 can0: cannot find free context
[15959.853991] kvaser_usb 4-3:1.0 can0: cannot find free context
[15959.853993] kvaser_usb 4-3:1.0 can0: cannot find free context
[15959.853994] kvaser_usb 4-3:1.0 can0: cannot find free context
[15959.853995] kvaser_usb 4-3:1.0 can0: cannot find free context
[....]
_dragging the whole system down_ in the process due to the
excessive logging output.
Initially, this has caused random panics in the kernel due to a
buggy error recovery path. That got fixed in an earlier commit.(%)
This patch aims at solving the root cause. -->
16 tx URBs and contexts are allocated per CAN channel per USB
device. Such URBs are protected by:
a) A simple atomic counter, up to a value of MAX_TX_URBS (16)
b) A flag in each URB context, stating if it's free
c) The fact that ndo_start_xmit calls are themselves protected
by the networking layers higher above
After grabbing one of the tx URBs, if the driver noticed that all
of them are now taken, it stops the netif transmission queue.
Such queue is worken up again only if an acknowedgment was received
from the firmware on one of our earlier-sent frames.
Meanwhile, upon channel close (#), the driver sends a CMD_STOP_CHIP
to the firmware, effectively closing all further communication. In
the high traffic case, the atomic counter remains at MAX_TX_URBS,
and all the URB contexts remain marked as active. While opening
the channel again (@), it cannot send any further frames since no
more free tx URB contexts are available.
Reset all tx URB contexts upon CAN channel close.
(*) 50 parallel instances of `cangen0 -g 0 -ix`
(#) `ifconfig can0 down`
(@) `ifconfig can0 up`
(%) "can: kvaser_usb: Don't free packets when tight on URBs"
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Flooding the Kvaser CAN to USB dongle with multiple reads and
writes in high frequency caused seemingly-random panics in the
kernel.
On further inspection, it seems the driver erroneously freed the
to-be-transmitted packet upon getting tight on URBs and returning
NETDEV_TX_BUSY, leading to invalid memory writes and double frees
at a later point in time.
Note:
Finding no more URBs/transmit-contexts and returning NETDEV_TX_BUSY
is a driver bug in and out of itself: it means that our start/stop
queue flow control is broken.
This patch only fixes the (buggy) error handling code; the root
cause shall be fixed in a later commit.
Acked-by: Olivier Sobrie <olivier@sobrie.be>
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
use of regmap_read() and regmap_write() in c_can_hw_raminit_syscon()
is not safe as the RAMINIT register can be shared between different drivers
at least for TI SoCs.
To make the modification atomic we switch to using regmap_update_bits().
regmap_update_bits() skips writing to the register if it's read content is the
same as what is going to be written. This causes an issue for us when we
need to clear the DONE bit with the initial condition START:0, DONE:1 as
DONE bit must be written with 1 to clear it.
So we defer the clearing of DONE bit to later when we set the START bit.
There we are sure that START bit is changed from 0 to 1 so the write of
1 to already set DONE bit will happen.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
During the CAN FD standardization process within the ISO it turned out that
the failure detection capability has to be improved.
The CAN in Automation organization (CiA) defined the already implemented CAN
FD controllers as 'non-ISO' and the upcoming improved CAN FD controllers as
'ISO' compliant. See at http://www.can-cia.com/index.php?id=1937
Finally there will be three types of CAN FD controllers in the future:
1. ISO compliant (fixed)
2. non-ISO compliant (fixed, like the M_CAN IP v3.0.1 in m_can.c)
3. ISO/non-ISO CAN FD controllers (switchable, like the PEAK USB FD)
So the current M_CAN driver for the M_CAN IP v3.0.1 has to expose its non-ISO
implementation by setting the CAN_CTRLMODE_FD_NON_ISO ctrlmode at startup.
As this bit cannot be switched at configuration time CAN_CTRLMODE_FD_NON_ISO
must not be set in ctrlmode_supported of the current M_CAN driver.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
When changing flags in the CAN drivers ctrlmode the provided new content has to
be checked whether the bits are allowed to be changed. The bits that are to be
changed are given as a bitfield in cm->mask. Therefore checking against
cm->flags is wrong as the content can hold any kind of values.
The iproute2 tool sets the bits in cm->mask and cm->flags depending on the
detected command line options. To be robust against bogus user space
applications additionally sanitize the provided flags with the provided mask.
Cc: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Remove the function b43legacy_radio_set_tx_iq() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Acked-by: Rafa? Mi?ecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It makes no sense to require the user to find and enable
CFG80211_WEXT before the driver can be selected, make the
driver select the needed Kconfig symbol itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds several new PCI IDs for AR9565.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Enable per-packet TPC on AR9002 based chips by default
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add TPC capability to TX descriptor path for AR9002 based chips. Scale
per-packet TX power according to eeprom power bias, power adjustments for
HT40 mode and open loop CCK rates. Cap per-packet TX power according to
TX power per-rate tables
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add TX power per-rate tables for MIMO/legacy modes for AR9002 based chips
in order to cap the maximum TX power value per-rate in the TX descriptor path.
Add TX power adjustments for HT40 mode, open loop CCK rates and eeprom power
bias for AR9280 and later chips
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
IRQ_TYPE_PRIO is no longer used by the Atari platform interrupt code
since commit 734085651c ("[PATCH] m68k: convert atari irq code")
in v2.6.18-rc1, so drop it.
Note that its value has been reused for a different purpose
(IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING) since commit 6a6de9ef58 ("[PATCH] genirq:
core") in v2.6.18-rc1.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return a negative error code on failure.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
identifier ret; expression e1,e2;
@@
(
if (\(ret < 0\|ret != 0\))
{ ... return ret; }
|
ret = 0
)
... when != ret = e1
when != &ret
*if(...)
{
... when != ret = e2
when forall
return ret;
}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use the helper to get rid of the file operations per debugfs file. The
device driver data contains struct ieee80211_hw pointer and the
struct ath9k_softc pointer is assigned to ieee80211_hw::priv so it can
be accessed in the seq_file read operation.
Cc: ath9k-devel@lists.ath9k.org
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In the Rx reorder mechanism, nothing is done in the interrupt
context, so there is no need to use 'irq' flavors of spinlock.
Rx done in NAPI context (tasklet), other manipulations - in the
thread context.
Having interrupts enabled makes it better for the OS in general.
Besides, if enslaved under bonding, bridge or team driver, Rx
won't work with interrupts disabled.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When establishing BACK, WMI may be handled earlier then Rx, in this case
late Rx will be mis-handled.
Detect early Rx and pass it to the stack, bypass reordering
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Sync documentation for the Tx/Rx descriptors with the
firmware/hardware documentation.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In the reordering block, Ethernet DA was checked for MCAST, this is wrong.
Check instead MCAST indication from 802.11 MAC header. Hardware saves
this into Rx descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Rx high threshold interrupt is reported by the hardware in case
when number of not utilized by the HW descriptors in the Rx ring
becomes low.
Introduce module parameter for RX high threshold.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add advanced interrupt moderation support available since "Sparrow B0".
Legacy interrupt moderation used only one counter to moderate tx, rx,
and misc interrupts.
Advanced interrupt moderation bypasses misc, and handles separately tx
and rx interrupts. In addition it has two timers for each interrupt type.
Max burst duration timer which defines how long to postpone interrupt after
first event (receive event for rx and tx complete event for tx), and
interframe timeout which defines how to determine the end of the burst and
issue interrupt even if the first timer still pending.
Capabilities flags in wil_priv is set on initialization according to
HW. The rest of the code checks for advanced interrupt capability bit
in capabilities flags field.
Debugfs is split accordingly: "legacy" interrupt moderation remains
unchanged, new debugs files added for advanced interrupt moderation
support.
Module params are aligned to support advanced interrupt moderation
(tx & rx). When not available (for legacy interrupt moderation) will
use only rx configuration; Tx configuration will be ignored in this
case.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use the proper reset follow based on HW capabilities
detection instead of chip ID.
Remove old hw ID mechanism which was used only for reset flow.
Remove support for Marlon A0.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Read relevant information (HW ID for now) once on init
and set capabilities accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Enable more flexible control over block ack:
- allow addba for any Tx vring
- allow to specify block ack timeout
- allow to delba for Tx or Rx side of any agreement; with reason
Renamed "addba" entry to "back"; it prints short help when read;
write:
- "add <ringid> <agg_size> <timeout>" to trigger ADDBA
If missing, <timeout> defaults to 0
- "del_tx <ringid> <reason>" to trigger DELBA for Tx side
- "del_rx <CID> <TID> <reason>" to trigger DELBA for Rx side
If missing, <reason> set to "STA_LEAVING" (36)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In STA mode, all Tx should be directed to the same VRING towards the AP.
Thus, look up for the 1-st eligible VRING and use it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
wil->status used as bitmap; use DECLARE_BITMAP for it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Change default to support maximum number of associated
stations to an AP
Signed-off-by: Hamad Kadmany <qca_hkadmany@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When encapsulating 802.3 frames into the 802.11 ones,
8-byte SNAP header added to save ethtype. SNAP is part of
the frame body, thus should be counted in MSDU. So,
MTU = MSDU - SNAP
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When configuring Tx/Rx VRING's, driver need to specify max. MPDU size
It should take into account all overhead introduced by 802.3->208.11
transformation.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Implement delba flow for the responder (Rx) side
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When establishing Block Ack as originator (Tx), control
AMSDU flag when sending ADDBA and update status upon
establishment flow completion. To be used in AMSDU flows
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When printing VRING on debugfs (file "vrings"),
software head & tail indexes were printed in decimal format
while hardware tail in hexadecimal only.
It is not comfortable to compare indexes in different formats;
on the other hand, hexadecimal output useful to see hardware
glitches.
To serve all purposes, print hardware tail in both decimal and
hexadecimal formats.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When disconnecting single STA in AP, it might be that STA
in question is already disconnected. In this case, need to do nothing.
Previously, it was mis-interpreted as "disconnect all"
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When printing debugfs for the reorder buffer, include BACK
parameters: window size and timeout
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
For manual ADDBA configuration, allow to set desired window size or
disable automatic mechanism.
Introduce module parameter (int) agg_wsize. It can be changed on run time,
will be taken into account on the next connect. Interpretation:
- <0 - disable automatic ADDBA; intended for manual testing through debugfs
- 0 - use automatically calculated window size
- >0 - use this for window size. Clipped by maximum supported by the hardware
with current environment.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Upon Tx vring creation, initiate BACK establishment
with maximum possible window size.
When establishing secure connection, there is EAPOL data exchange
between connection itself and "data port open", where security
is done and non-EAPOL data may be transferred. It is better to
send EAPOL frames using normal ACK because of firmware considerations.
send ADDBA only is 2 conditions met:
- data port open for the corresponded STA
- vring created
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Introduce BACK establishment procedures; decision logic is not implemented
yet; debugfs entry 'addba' used to manually trigger addba/delba for ringid 0.
debugfs usage:
to establish BACK with agg_wsize 16:
echo 16 > /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phy0/wil6210/addba
to delete BACK:
echo 0 > /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phy0/wil6210/addba
to change agg_wsize, one need to delete BACK and establish it anew
ADDBA flow for:
- originator
Tx side (initiator) sends WMI_VRING_BA_EN_CMDID providing
agg_wsize and timeout parameters.
Eventually, it gets event confirming BACK agreement - WMI_BA_STATUS_EVENTID
with negotiated parameters. On this event, update Tx vring data
(struct vring_tx_data) and display BACK parameters on debugfs
- recipient
Rx side (recipient) firmware informs driver about ADDBA with
WMI_RCP_ADDBA_REQ_EVENTID, driver process it in service work
queue wq_service. It adjusts parameters and sends response
with WMI_RCP_ADDBA_RESP_CMDID, and final confirmation provided
by firmware with WMI_ADDBA_RESP_SENT_EVENTID. In case of success,
driver updates Rx BACK reorder buffer.
policy for BACK parameters:
- aggregation size (agg_wsize * MPDUsize)) to not exceed 64Kbytes
DELBA flow for:
- originator
driver decides to terminate BACK, it sends WMI_VRING_BA_DIS_CMDID
and updates struct vring_tx_data associated with vring; ignore
WMI_DELBA_EVENTID.
- recipient
firmware informs driver with WMI_DELBA_EVENTID,
driver deletes correspondent reorder buffer
ADDBA request processing requires sending WMI command, therefore
it is processed in work queue context. Same work queue used as for
connect, it get renamed to wq_service
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* A fix that improves roaming behavior. Same fix has been tested for
a while in iwldvm. This is a bit of a work around, but the real fix
should be in mac80211 and will come later.
* A fix for BARs that avoids a WARNING.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=9GPb
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-kalle-2015-01-13' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
* A fix for scan that fixes a firmware assertion
* A fix that improves roaming behavior. Same fix has been tested for
a while in iwldvm. This is a bit of a work around, but the real fix
should be in mac80211 and will come later.
* A fix for BARs that avoids a WARNING.
To be compliant with the hwmon interface the unit needs to be
millidegree Celsius. Fix that.
Reported-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add a comment for indicating that the ATH10K_SCAN_RUNNING case falls
through to the ATH10K_SCAN_ABORTING case in __ath10k_scan_finish. This
will document that the lack of a break is intentional.
Coverity: CID 1260017
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Originally the explicit fw register dump was added
to wait_for_target_init because interrupts are
masked early during power_up.
Due to some changes in power_up/reset sequences
sometimes when fw crashed ath10k would print the
dump more than once via hif_stop -> warm_reset ->
wait_for_target_init, possibly with different
values each.
Prevent this by doing the explicit fw register
dump only during power_up instead of
wait_for_target_init.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The duty cycle (% of quiet duration) is used to put the device
in quiet mode for the given period. Currently the quiet duration
is wrongly calculated which results in not enabling quiet mode.
Fix the calculation as below
duration = (period * duty cycle) / 100
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New firmware revisions support beacon and probe
response templates instead. This means SWBA events
are no longer delivered for these firmware
revisions.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Along beacon template host is expected to setup
p2p information elements as well. Implement wmi
interface for it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New firmware revisions with beacon templates need
probe templates as well because they don't forward
probe requests to host at all.
This is required for new firmware to work with
direct probe requests (notably required by hidden
ssid AP).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New firmware revisions may support setting beacon
template. Implement wmi interface for it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This event is delivered to host by firmware if it
supports beacon templates only.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Other tunnels like GRE break while VxLAN offloads are enabled in Skyhawk-R. To
avoid this, we should restrict offload features on a per-packet basis in such
conditions.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A VXLAN net_device looking for an appropriate socket may only consider
a socket which has a matching set of flags/extensions enabled. If
incompatible flags are enabled, return a conflict to have the caller
create a distinct socket with distinct port.
The OVS VXLAN port is kept unaware of extensions at this point.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implements supports for the Group Policy VXLAN extension [0] to provide
a lightweight and simple security label mechanism across network peers
based on VXLAN. The security context and associated metadata is mapped
to/from skb->mark. This allows further mapping to a SELinux context
using SECMARK, to implement ACLs directly with nftables, iptables, OVS,
tc, etc.
The group membership is defined by the lower 16 bits of skb->mark, the
upper 16 bits are used for flags.
SELinux allows to manage label to secure local resources. However,
distributed applications require ACLs to implemented across hosts. This
is typically achieved by matching on L2-L4 fields to identify the
original sending host and process on the receiver. On top of that,
netlabel and specifically CIPSO [1] allow to map security contexts to
universal labels. However, netlabel and CIPSO are relatively complex.
This patch provides a lightweight alternative for overlay network
environments with a trusted underlay. No additional control protocol
is required.
Host 1: Host 2:
Group A Group B Group B Group A
+-----+ +-------------+ +-------+ +-----+
| lxc | | SELinux CTX | | httpd | | VM |
+--+--+ +--+----------+ +---+---+ +--+--+
\---+---/ \----+---/
| |
+---+---+ +---+---+
| vxlan | | vxlan |
+---+---+ +---+---+
+------------------------------+
Backwards compatibility:
A VXLAN-GBP socket can receive standard VXLAN frames and will assign
the default group 0x0000 to such frames. A Linux VXLAN socket will
drop VXLAN-GBP frames. The extension is therefore disabled by default
and needs to be specifically enabled:
ip link add [...] type vxlan [...] gbp
In a mixed environment with VXLAN and VXLAN-GBP sockets, the GBP socket
must run on a separate port number.
Examples:
iptables:
host1# iptables -I OUTPUT -m owner --uid-owner 101 -j MARK --set-mark 0x200
host2# iptables -I INPUT -m mark --mark 0x200 -j DROP
OVS:
# ovs-ofctl add-flow br0 'in_port=1,actions=load:0x200->NXM_NX_TUN_GBP_ID[],NORMAL'
# ovs-ofctl add-flow br0 'in_port=2,tun_gbp_id=0x200,actions=drop'
[0] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-smith-vxlan-group-policy
[1] http://lwn.net/Articles/204905/
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/xen-netfront.c
Minor overlapping changes in xen-netfront.c, mostly to do
with some buffer management changes alongside the split
of stats into TX and RX.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
synchronize_irq() can sleep waiting, for pending IRQ handlers so driver
should release the tp->lock spin lock before invoking synchronize_irq()
Reported-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently tg3_reset_task() uses only tp->lock for synchronizing with code
paths like tg3_open() etc. But since tp->lock is released before doing
synchronize_irq(), rtnl_lock should be taken in tg3_reset_task() to
synchronize it with other code paths.
Reported-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to avoid the race between tg3_timer() and the execution paths
which does not invoke tg3_timer_stop() and releases tp->lock before
calling synchronize_irq()
Reported-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is fixing a race condition that may cause setting
count_pending to -1, which results in unwanted big bulk of arp messages
(in case of "notify peers").
Consider following scenario:
count_pending == 2
CPU0 CPU1
team_notify_peers_work
atomic_dec_and_test (dec count_pending to 1)
schedule_delayed_work
team_notify_peers
atomic_add (adding 1 to count_pending)
team_notify_peers_work
atomic_dec_and_test (dec count_pending to 1)
schedule_delayed_work
team_notify_peers_work
atomic_dec_and_test (dec count_pending to 0)
schedule_delayed_work
team_notify_peers_work
atomic_dec_and_test (dec count_pending to -1)
Fix this race by using atomic_dec_if_positive - that will prevent
count_pending running under 0.
Fixes: fc423ff00d ("team: add peer notification")
Fixes: 492b200efd ("team: add support for sending multicast rejoins")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds FCoE config option I40E_FCOE, so that FCoE can be enabled
as needed but otherwise have it disabled by default.
This also eliminate multiple FCoE config checks, instead now just
one config check for CONFIG_I40E_FCOE.
The I40E FCoE was added with 3.17 kernel and therefore this patch
shall be applied to stable 3.17 kernel also.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for remote checksum offload in VXLAN. This uses a
reserved bit to indicate that RCO is being done, and uses the low order
reserved eight bits of the VNI to hold the start and offset values in a
compressed manner.
Start is encoded in the low order seven bits of VNI. This is start >> 1
so that the checksum start offset is 0-254 using even values only.
Checksum offset (transport checksum field) is indicated in the high
order bit in the low order byte of the VNI. If the bit is set, the
checksum field is for UDP (so offset = start + 6), else checksum
field is for TCP (so offset = start + 16). Only TCP and UDP are
supported in this implementation.
Remote checksum offload for VXLAN is described in:
https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-herbert-vxlan-rco-00
Tested by running 200 TCP_STREAM connections with VXLAN (over IPv4).
With UDP checksums and Remote Checksum Offload
IPv4
Client
11.84% CPU utilization
Server
12.96% CPU utilization
9197 Mbps
IPv6
Client
12.46% CPU utilization
Server
14.48% CPU utilization
8963 Mbps
With UDP checksums, no remote checksum offload
IPv4
Client
15.67% CPU utilization
Server
14.83% CPU utilization
9094 Mbps
IPv6
Client
16.21% CPU utilization
Server
14.32% CPU utilization
9058 Mbps
No UDP checksums
IPv4
Client
15.03% CPU utilization
Server
23.09% CPU utilization
9089 Mbps
IPv6
Client
16.18% CPU utilization
Server
26.57% CPU utilization
8954 Mbps
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces udp_offload_callbacks which has the same
GRO functions (but not a GSO function) as offload_callbacks,
except there is an argument to a udp_offload struct passed to
gro_receive and gro_complete functions. This additional argument
can be used to retrieve the per port structure of the encapsulation
for use in gro processing (mostly by doing container_of on the
structure).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace tasklet with NAPI.
Add rx_queue to queue the remaining rx packets if the number of the
rx packets is more than the request from poll().
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support Hisilicon hip04 ethernet driver, including 100M / 1000M controller.
The controller has no tx done interrupt, reclaim xmitted buffer in the poll.
v13: Fix the problem of alignment parameters for function and checkpatch warming.
v12: According Alex's suggestion, modify the changelog and add MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE
for hip04 ethernet.
v11: Add ethtool support for tx coalecse getting and setting, the xmit_more
is not supported for this patch, but I think it could work for hip04,
will support it later after some tests for performance better.
Here are some performance test results by ping and iperf(add tx_coalesce_frames/users),
it looks that the performance and latency is more better by tx_coalesce_frames/usecs.
- Before:
$ ping 192.168.1.1 ...
=== 192.168.1.1 ping statistics ===
24 packets transmitted, 24 received, 0% packet loss, time 22999ms
rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.180/0.202/0.403/0.043 ms
$ iperf -c 192.168.1.1 ...
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 3] 0.0- 1.0 sec 115 MBytes 945 Mbits/sec
- After:
$ ping 192.168.1.1 ...
=== 192.168.1.1 ping statistics ===
24 packets transmitted, 24 received, 0% packet loss, time 22999ms
rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.178/0.190/0.380/0.041 ms
$ iperf -c 192.168.1.1 ...
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 3] 0.0- 1.0 sec 115 MBytes 965 Mbits/sec
v10: According David Miller and Arnd Bergmann's suggestion, add some modification
for v9 version
- drop the workqueue
- batch cleanup based on tx_coalesce_frames/usecs for better throughput
- use a reasonable default tx timeout (200us, could be shorted
based on measurements) with a range timer
- fix napi poll function return value
- use a lockless queue for cleanup
Signed-off-by: Zhangfei Gao <zhangfei.gao@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On i.MX28, the MDIO bus is shared between the two FEC instances.
The driver makes sure that the second FEC uses the MDIO bus of the
first FEC. This is done conditionally if FEC_QUIRK_ENET_MAC is set.
However, in newer designs, such as Vybrid or i.MX6SX, each FEC MAC
has its own MDIO bus. Simply removing the quirk FEC_QUIRK_ENET_MAC
is not an option since other logic, triggered by this quirk, is
still needed.
Furthermore, there are board designs which use the same MDIO bus
for both PHY's even though the second bus would be available on the
SoC side. Such layout are popular since it saves pins on SoC side.
Due to the above quirk, those boards currently do work fine. The
boards in the mainline tree with such a layout are:
- Freescale Vybrid Tower with TWR-SER2 (vf610-twr.dts)
- Freescale i.MX6 SoloX SDB Board (imx6sx-sdb.dts)
This patch adds a new quirk FEC_QUIRK_SINGLE_MDIO for i.MX28, which
makes sure that the MDIO bus of the first FEC is used in any case.
However, the boards above do have a SoC with a MDIO bus for each FEC
instance. But the PHY's are not connected in a 1:1 configuration. A
proper device tree description is needed to allow the driver to
figure out where to find its PHY. This patch fixes that shortcoming
by adding a MDIO bus child node to the first FEC instance, along
with the two PHY's on that bus, and making use of the phy-handle
property to add a reference to the PHY's.
Acked-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently `ethtool -S` simply returns "no stats available". It
would be more useful to see what the various ethtool statistics
registers' values are. This change implements get_ethtool_stats,
get_strings, and get_sset_count functions to accomplish this.
Read all GEM statistics registers and sum them into
macb.ethtool_stats. Add the necessary infrastructure to make this
accessible via `ethtool -S`.
Update gem_update_stats to utilize ethtool_stats.
Signed-off-by: Xander Huff <xander.huff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change is to help improve at-a-glace knowledge of the purpose of the
various Cadence MACB/GEM registers. Comments are more helpful for human
readability than short acronyms.
Describe various #define varibles Cadence MACB/GEM registers as documented
in Xilinix's "Zynq-7000 All Programmable SoC TechnicalReference Manual, v1.9.1
(UG-585)"
Signed-off-by: Xander Huff <xander.huff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminate all the duplicate code for making Tx requests by
consolidating them into a single xennet_make_one_txreq() function.
xennet_make_one_txreq() and xennet_make_txreqs() work with pages and
offsets so it will be easier to make netfront handle highmem frags in
the future.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A function to count the number of slots an skb needs is more useful
than one that counts the slots needed for only the frags.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The same macros are used for rx as well. So rename it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the rx packet length check in the sunvnet driver to allow
for a TSO max packet length greater than the LDC channel negotiated MTU.
These are negotiated separately and there is no requirement that
port->tsolen be less than port->rmtu, but if it isn't, it'll drop packets
with rx length errors.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <david.stevens@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In netfront the Rx and Tx path are independent and use different
locks. The Tx lock is held with hard irqs disabled, but Rx lock is
held with only BH disabled. Since both sides use the same stats lock,
a deadlock may occur.
[ INFO: possible irq lock inversion dependency detected ]
3.16.2 #16 Not tainted
---------------------------------------------------------
swapper/0/0 just changed the state of lock:
(&(&queue->tx_lock)->rlock){-.....}, at: [<c03adec8>]
xennet_tx_interrupt+0x14/0x34
but this lock took another, HARDIRQ-unsafe lock in the past:
(&stat->syncp.seq#2){+.-...}
and interrupts could create inverse lock ordering between them.
other info that might help us debug this:
Possible interrupt unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0 CPU1
---- ----
lock(&stat->syncp.seq#2);
local_irq_disable();
lock(&(&queue->tx_lock)->rlock);
lock(&stat->syncp.seq#2);
<Interrupt>
lock(&(&queue->tx_lock)->rlock);
Using separate locks for the Rx and Tx stats fixes this deadlock.
Reported-by: Dmitry Piotrovsky <piotrovskydmitry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mlx5 driver passes a string pointer in through a 'u64' variable,
which on 32-bit machines causes a build warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/debugfs.c: In function 'qp_read_field':
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/debugfs.c:303:11: warning: cast from pointer to integer of different size [-Wpointer-to-int-cast]
The code is in fact safe, so we can shut up the warning by adding
extra type casts.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rocker driver tries to assign a pointer to a 64-bit integer
and then back to a pointer. This is safe on all architectures,
but causes a compiler warning when pointers are shorter than
64-bit:
rocker/rocker.c: In function 'rocker_desc_cookie_ptr_get':
rocker/rocker.c:809:9: warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
return (void *) desc_info->desc->cookie;
^
This adds another cast to uintptr_t to tell the compiler
that it's safe.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since ALE table is a common resource for both the interfaces in Dual EMAC
mode and while bringing up the second interface in cpsw_ndo_set_rx_mode()
all the multicast entries added by the first interface is flushed out and
only second interface multicast addresses are added. Fixing this by
flushing multicast addresses based on dual EMAC port vlans which will not
affect the other emac port multicast addresses.
Fixes: d9ba8f9 (driver: net: ethernet: cpsw: dual emac interface implementation)
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v3.9+
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removing old hard-wired initialization code in the driver, which is no longer
used. Also deprecating few module parameters.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a bug in xgmac_mdio_read when clear the bit MDIO_STAT_ENC,
which '&' is missed in 'mdio_stat &= ~MDIO_STAT_ENC'.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 5ad24def21 ("cxgb4vf: Fix ethtool get_settings for VF driver")
mdio_addr of port_info structure was used unininitialzed. Fixing it.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure we only allow SR/IOV on the master PF of a port in multifunction
mode. This should be the case anyway based on the num_vfs configured in
the NVM, but this will help make sure there's no question. If we're not
in multifunction mode the partition_id will always be 1.
Change-ID: I8b2592366fe6782f15301bde2ebd1d4da240109d
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously we were only checking if the link up state had changed,
and if it hadn't exiting the link event routine early. We should
also check if speed has changed, and if it has, stay and finish
processing the link event.
Change-ID: I9c8e0991b3f0279108a7858898c3c5ce0a9856b8
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When in multi-function mode, e.g. Dell's NPAR, only partition 1
of each MAC is allowed to set WoL, speed, and flow control.
Change-ID: I87a9debc7479361c55a71f0120294ea319f23588
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Function will read PBA Block from Shadow RAM and return it in a string format.
Change-ID: I4ee7059f6e21bd0eba38687da15e772e0b4ab36e
Signed-off-by: Kamil Krawczyk <kamil.krawczyk@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When in NPAR mode the driver instance might be controlling the base
partition or one of the other "fake" PFs. There are some things that
can only be done by the base partition, aka partition_id 1. This code
does a bit of work to find how many partitions are there per port and
what is the current partition_id.
Change-ID: Iba427f020a1983d02147d86f121b3627e20ee21d
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These mac address already added by FCoE stack above netdev,
therefore adding them here is redundant.
Change-ID: Ia5b59f426f57efd20f8945f7c6cc5d741fbe06e5
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
NPAR enabled partitions should warn the user when detected link speed is
less than 10Gpbs.
Change-ID: I7728bb8ce279bf0f4f755d78d7071074a4eb5f69
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On some versions of the firmware, the VF admin send queue may become
stalled. In this case, the easiest solution is to just place another
descriptor on the queue; the firmware will then process both requests.
The early init code already accounts for this, but the runtime code does
not. In the watchdog task, check for the stall condition, and if it's
found, send our API version to the PF. When the PF replies, just ignore
the reply.
Change-ID: I380d78185a4f284d649c44d263e648afc9b4d50c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't enable vector 0 in the ISR, just schedule the adminq task and let
it enable the vector. This prevents the task from being called
reentrantly. Make sure that the vector is enabled on all exit paths of
the adminq task, including error exits.
Change-ID: I53f3d14f91ed7a9e90291ea41c681122a5eca5b5
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is always a possibility that MSI-X interrupts can get lost. To
keep this problem from stalling the driver, we fire all of our MSI-X
vectors during the watchdog routine. However, we should not fire the
traffic vectors when the interface is closed. In this case, just fire
vector 0, which is used for admin queue events.
As a result, we do not enable the interrupt cause for vector 0. This
can cause the admin queue handler to be called reentrantly, which
causes a scary "critical section violation" message to be logged,
even though no real damage is done.
Change-ID: Ic43a5184708ab2cb9a23fca7dedd808a46717795
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If we're using VLANs and communications with the PF fail during
shutdown, we will leak memory because not all of the VLAN filters will
be removed. To eliminate this possibility, go through the list again
right before the module is removed and delete any leftover entries.
Change-ID: Id3b5315c47ca0a61ae123a96ff345d010bc41aed
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the VF driver is running in the host, the shutdown code is completely
broken. We cannot wait in our down routine for the PF to respond to our
requests, as its admin queue task will never run while we hold the lock.
Instead, we schedule operations, then let the watchdog take care of
shutting things down. If the driver is being removed, then wait in the
remove routine until the watchdog is done before continuing.
Change-ID: I93a58d17389e8d6b58f21e430b56ed7b4590b2c5
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These messages may be triggered during normal init of the driver if the
PF or FW take a long time to respond. There's nothing really wrong, so
don't freak people out logging messages.
If the communication channel really is dead, then we'll retry a few
times and give up. This will log a different more scary message that
should cause consternation. This allows the user to more easily detect a
genuine failure.
Change-ID: I6e2b758d4234a3a09c1015c82c8f2442a697cbdb
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These functions are redundant and duplicate functionality found in
i40evf_free_all_[tx|rx]_resources.
Change-ID: Ia199908926d7a1a4b8247f75f89b5da24c9b149c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If VF drivers are loaded in the host OS, the call to pci_disable_sriov()
will cause these drivers' remove routines to be called. If the PF driver
has already freed VF resources before this happens, then the VF remove
routine can't properly communicate with the PF driver causing all sorts
of mayhem and error messages and hurt feelings.
To fix this, we move the call to pci_disable_sriov() up to the top of
the function and let it complete before freeing any VF resources.
Change-ID: I397c3997a00f6408e32b7735273911e499600236
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Because of wrong macro check in commit 96bba98393 ("ath10k: fix build error
when hwmon is off"), hwmon never be enabled. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When replenishing Rx buffers driver updates the address of the
buffer and the index of rx buffer in rx ring to the firmware.
Change in order by CPU can cause rx ring corruption. Add memory
barrier before updating rx buffer index to guarantee the order.
This could fix some instances of rx ring corruption due to done
bit in rx attention flag not set.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
wait_for_completion_timeout does not return negative values so the tests
for <= 0 are not needed and the case differentiation in the error handling
path unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <der.herr@hofr.at>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Recent commit
30c78167bc ("ath10k:
set max_num_vdevs based on wmi op version")
skipped wmi-tlv case and left max_num_vdevs reset.
Make sure it is properly set.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
htt->max_throughput_mbps is not used anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return a negative error code on failure.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
identifier ret; expression e1,e2;
@@
(
if (\(ret < 0\|ret != 0\))
{ ... return ret; }
|
ret = 0
)
... when != ret = e1
when != &ret
*if(...)
{
... when != ret = e2
when forall
return ret;
}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This per-station debugfs entry helps to send delba in manual mode
for debugging purpose. It accepts tid, initiator and reason code
as inputs.
To send delba,
echo 0 1 37 >/sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/netdev:wlanX/
stations/XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX/delba
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This per-station debugfs entry helps to send addba response in
manual mode for debugging purpose. It accepts tid and status code
as input arguments.
To send addba response,
echo 0 25 >/sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/netdev:wlanX/
stations/XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX/addba_resp
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This per-station debugfs entry helps to send addba request in manual
mode. Need to pass two configuration parameters (tid, buffer size)
as input.
To send addba,
echo 1 32 >/sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/netdev:wlanX/
stations/XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX/addba
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add per station debugfs files when a station is added to mac80211's
station list. This helps to group peer specific debugfs entries
altogether. Right now this callback adds support to test aggregation
procedures (addba/addba_resp/delba) manually.
To enable automatic aggregation in target,
echo 0 >/sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/netdev:wlanX/
stations/XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX/aggr_mode
For manual mode,
echo 1 >/sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/netdev:wlanX/
stations/XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX/aggr_mode
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add WMI support for sending delba request. This command is used for
debugging purpose.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add WMI support for sending addba response manually. This command
is used for debugging purpose.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add WMI support for sending addba request. This command is meant
for debugging purpose.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add WMI support for clearing addba response before switching aggregation
mode (auto/manual) for debugging purpose.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
BAR tx cmd tid was set to non qos (8). This is wrong as BAR
should be sent with the tid of the BA session.
This led to a corruption in the firmware. The visible
effect of this from the driver side is the BA notification
that comes back after the BAR. It was botched and led to the
WARNING below.
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 17707 at /home/tester/workspace_hostap/iwlwifi/drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/mvm/tx.c:976 iwl_mvm_rx_ba_notif+0x4ba/0x4d0 [iwlmvm]()
Q 4500, tid 8, flow 65535
Modules linked in: iwlmvm(O) mac80211(O) iwlwifi(O) cfg80211(O) compat(O) netconsole configfs ctr ccm arc4 autofs4 microcode bnep rfcomm snd_hda_codec_hdmi snd_hda_codec_idt snd_hda_codec_generic snd_hda_intel joydev snd_hda_codec uvcvideo videobuf2_core snd_hwdep videodev snd_pcm videobuf2_vmalloc videobuf2_memops i915 snd_seq_midi snd_rawmidi snd_seq_midi_event snd_seq snd_timer snd_seq_device drm_kms_helper dell_wmi dell_laptop drm btusb bluetooth snd psmouse i2c_algo_bit sparse_keymap wmi soundcore 6lowpan_iphc dcdbas serio_raw video lpc_ich ppdev mac_hid parport_pc nfsd nfs_acl auth_rpcgss nfs fscache binfmt_misc lockd sunrpc lp parport msdos sdhci_pci sdhci mmc_core ahci libahci e1000e ptp pps_core [last unloaded: compat]
CPU: 2 PID: 17707 Comm: irq/46-iwlwifi Tainted: G W O 3.14.17-patched #4
Hardware name: Dell Inc. Latitude E6430/0CPWYR, BIOS A09 12/13/2012
00000000 00000000 ebd49d6c c1616221 f985dbdc ebd49d9c c1044e44 f9861df4
ebd49dc8 0000452b f985dbdc 000003d0 f98395da f98395da ebd49f10 eaf3d8a4
0000ffff ebd49db4 c1044f03 00000009 ebd49dac f9861df4 ebd49dc8 ebd49e64
Call Trace:
[<c1616221>] dump_stack+0x41/0x52
[<c1044e44>] warn_slowpath_common+0x84/0xa0
[<f98395da>] ? iwl_mvm_rx_ba_notif+0x4ba/0x4d0 [iwlmvm]
[<f98395da>] ? iwl_mvm_rx_ba_notif+0x4ba/0x4d0 [iwlmvm]
[<c1044f03>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x33/0x40
[<f98395da>] iwl_mvm_rx_ba_notif+0x4ba/0x4d0 [iwlmvm]
[<c10e3952>] ? ring_buffer_unlock_commit+0xa2/0xd0
[<c10e9767>] ? trace_buffer_unlock_commit+0x37/0x50
[<f98568a3>] ? iwl_tm_mvm_send_rx+0x53/0x90 [iwlmvm]
[<f98327a8>] iwl_mvm_rx_dispatch+0x108/0x130 [iwlmvm]
[<f9eac7e7>] iwl_pcie_irq_handler+0xf17/0x15b0 [iwlwifi]
[<c10994c1>] irq_thread_fn+0x21/0x50
[<c109926c>] irq_thread+0xec/0x110
[<c10994a0>] ? irq_thread_dtor+0xb0/0xb0
[<c10993f0>] ? irq_finalize_oneshot.part.34+0xc0/0xc0
[<c1099180>] ? wake_threads_waitq+0x40/0x40
[<c1062fdb>] kthread+0x9b/0xb0
[<c1627137>] ret_from_kernel_thread+0x1b/0x28
[<c1062f40>] ? flush_kthread_worker+0x90/0x90
---[ end trace 5e0f67374816db17 ]---
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Networking under kvm works best if we allocate a per-vCPU RX and TX
queue in a virtual NIC. This requires a per-vCPU queue on the host side.
It is now safe to increase the maximum number of queues.
Preceding patch: 'net: allow large number of rx queues'
made sure this won't cause failures due to high order memory
allocations. Increase it to 256: this is the max number of vCPUs
KVM supports.
Size of tun_struct changes from 8512 to 10496 after this patch. This keeps
pages allocated for tun_struct before and after the patch to 3.
Signed-off-by: Pankaj Gupta <pagupta@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <dgibson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The deleted lines are called from a function which is called:
1) Only through __team_options_register via team_options_register and
2) Only during initialization / mode initialization when there are no
ports attached.
Therefore the ports list is guarenteed to be empty and this code will
never be executed.
Signed-off-by: Kenneth Williams <ken@williamsclan.us>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes some unused arrays from the netfront private
data structures. These arrays were used in "flip" receive mode.
Signed-off-by: Vincenzo Maffione <v.maffione@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Failing to reinitialize on wakeup results in loss of network connectivity for
vmxnet3 interface.
Signed-off-by: Srividya Murali <smurali@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Shrikrishna Khare <skhare@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Shreyas N Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit e4c7f259c5 ("USB: kaweth.c: use GFP_ATOMIC under spin_lock")
makes sure that kaweth_internal_control_msg() allocates memory with GFP_ATOMIC,
but kaweth_internal_control_msg() also calls usb_start_wait_urb()
that still allocates memory with GFP_NOIO.
The patch fixes usb_start_wait_urb() as well.
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Acked-by: Oliver Neukum <oliver@neukum.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the empty array element initializer and size the array with
BOND_OPT_LAST so the compiler will complain if more elements are in
there than should be.
An interesting unwanted side effect of this initializer is that if one
inserts new options into the middle of the array then this initializer
will zero out the option that equals BOND_OPT_TLB_DYNAMIC_LB+1.
Example:
Extend the OPTS enum:
enum {
...
BOND_OPT_TLB_DYNAMIC_LB,
BOND_OPT_LACP_NEW1,
BOND_OPT_LAST
};
Now insert into bond_opts array:
static const struct bond_option bond_opts[] = {
...
[BOND_OPT_LACP_RATE] = { .... unchanged stuff .... },
[BOND_OPT_LACP_NEW1] = { ... new stuff ... },
...
[BOND_OPT_TLB_DYNAMIC_LB] = { .... unchanged stuff ....},
{ } // MARK A
};
Since BOND_OPT_LACP_NEW1 = BOND_OPT_TLB_DYNAMIC_LB+1, the last
initializer (MARK A) will overwrite the contents of BOND_OPT_LACP_NEW1
and can be easily viewed with the crash utility.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleanups all other macros/register define related to
CPL messages that are defined in t4_msg.h and the affected files
Signed-off-by: Anish Bhatt <anish@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleanups all macros/register define related to connection management
CPL messages that are defined in t4_msg.h and the affected files
Signed-off-by: Anish Bhatt <anish@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't submit the rx if the device is unplugged, stopped, or
linking down.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove rtl_start_rx() from rtl_enable() and put it after calling
netif_carrier_on().
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleans up the header flags of VXLAN in anticipation of
defining some new ones:
- Move header related definitions from vxlan.c to vxlan.h
- Change VXLAN_FLAGS to be VXLAN_HF_VNI (only currently defined flag)
- Move check for unknown flags to after we find vxlan_sock, this
assumes that some flags may be processed based on tunnel
configuration
- Add a comment about why the stack treating unknown set flags as an
error instead of ignoring them
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move init and deinit of PTP support from open/close functions
to probe/remove funcs to avoid removing/re-adding of associated PTP
device(s) during ifup/ifdown.
v2: tg3_ptp_init call moved to correct place (thx. Prashant)
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
devm_ioremap() returns NULL on failure, it doesn't return an ERR_PTR.
Fixes: de7b5b3d79 ('net: eth: xgene: change APM X-Gene SoC platform ethernet to support ACPI')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The clock is enabled without being prepared, this leads to:
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 1 at drivers/clk/clk.c:889 __clk_enable+0x24/0xa8()
and a non working ethernet interface.
Use clk_prepare_enable() and clk_disable_unprepare() to handle the clock.
Signed-off-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change has already been implemented in iwldvm:
commit a260e7b3f0307878b99d57ed1406cf2d497923b8
Author: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Date: Sun Oct 5 09:11:14 2014 +0300
iwlwifi: dvm: drop non VO frames when flushing
Since I added the flush() callback implementation in mvm,
we got reports that the queues are stuck while roaming
or suspending.
This commit above helped much for iwldvm, implement the
same behavior for iwlmvm.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.16+]
Fixes: c5b0e7c056 ("iwlwifi: mvm: implement mac80211's flush callback")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This feature allows the FW to batch RX indications,
reducing the rate of host interrupt generation, which
in turn reduces CPU load. Currently, this is enabled
only for the 10.2 firmware.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
A value of zero indicates that 128B is the maximum
DMA request size for read/writes. But PCI cards based
on AR9880 can support 256B, so enable this for
the 10.2 firmware.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
EBS error detection isn't supported by all FWs, so turn it on
only if the FW advertises such support.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
iwlwifi:
* fix for 7265D NVM check
* fixes for scan: fix long scanning times and network discovery
* new firmware API for iwlmvm supported devices
* fixes in rate control
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJUsADlAAoJEG4XJFUm622b6esH/1DmWaj2Qhx+EY4o9hZIdrtR
WtnRABBro/7b26UGD71+uhDlciN6pxEgWSTwEgjKsF5ALImv9aFDmX7QfL8Aet5f
8yL/hXchsgQ2c78+HGD6SAPYzLb0vY67MM4TI0DO4JuwCZjf/dYVgIvsYPaFqPzc
k8Hpkf7/EFpRa0av6RnjZ13gMfi+NDnE4a++FmerMB8Kvhioz3urD7P2JBJAEAVl
6yntnKnstl6YByR3ooprjk9A4guljUvPf6chlLOgMVrxUyIrSooVR+25Vfw4Fvzl
fSAl1rAongSsjEkjtsJ9G0KQlzKVOKek8vy/Jrc8THdfcb3skn1p85IlVKVzJPc=
=ViiX
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2015-01-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
* rtlwifi: fix a regression in large skb allocation failure
iwlwifi:
* fix for 7265D NVM check
* fixes for scan: fix long scanning times and network discovery
* new firmware API for iwlmvm supported devices
* fixes in rate control
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit d75b1ade56 ("net: less interrupt masking in NAPI") uncovered
wrong alx_poll() behavior.
A NAPI poll() handler is supposed to return exactly the budget when/if
napi_complete() has not been called.
It is also supposed to return number of frames that were received, so
that netdev_budget can have a meaning.
Also, in case of TX pressure, we still have to dequeue received
packets : alx_clean_rx_irq() has to be called even if
alx_clean_tx_irq(alx) returns false, otherwise device is half duplex.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: d75b1ade56 ("net: less interrupt masking in NAPI")
Reported-by: Oded Gabbay <oded.gabbay@amd.com>
Bisected-by: Oded Gabbay <oded.gabbay@amd.com>
Tested-by: Oded Gabbay <oded.gabbay@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A NAPI poll() handler is supposed to return exactly the budget when/if
napi_complete() has not been called.
It is also supposed to return number of frames that were received, so
that netdev_budget can have a meaning.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vlsi ir driver uses 'timeval', which we try to remove in the kernel
because all 32-bit time types will break in the year 2038.
This patch also changes do_gettimeofday() to ktime_get() accordingly,
since ktime_get returns a ktime_t, but do_gettimeofday returns a
struct timeval, and the other reason is that ktime_get() uses
the monotonic clock.
This patch uses ktime_us_delta to get the elapsed time of microsecond,
and uses div_s64_rem to get what seconds & microseconds time elapsed
for printing.
This patch also changes the function 'vlsi_hard_start_xmit' to do the
same things as the others drivers, that is passing the remaining time
into udelay() instead of looping until enough time has passed.
Signed-off-by: Chunyan Zhang <zhang.chunyan@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The stir4200 driver uses 'timeval', which we try to remove in the kernel
because all 32-bit time types will break in the year 2038.
This patch also changes do_gettimeofday() to ktime_get() accordingly,
since ktime_get returns a ktime_t, but do_gettimeofday returns a
struct timeval, and the other reason is that ktime_get() uses
the monotonic clock.
This patch uses ktime_us_delta to get the elapsed time of microsecond.
Signed-off-by: Chunyan Zhang <zhang.chunyan@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nsc ircc driver uses 'timeval', which we try to remove in the kernel
because all 32-bit time types will break in the year 2038.
This patch also changes do_gettimeofday() to ktime_get() accordingly,
since ktime_get returns a ktime_t, but do_gettimeofday returns a
struct timeval, and the other reason is that ktime_get() uses
the monotonic clock.
This patch uses ktime_us_delta to get the elapsed time, and in this
way it no longer needs to check for the overflow, because
ktime_us_delta returns time difference of microsecond.
Signed-off-by: Chunyan Zhang <zhang.chunyan@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The irda usb driver uses 'timeval', which we try to remove in the kernel
because all 32-bit time types will break in the year 2038.
This patch also changes do_gettimeofday() to ktime_get() accordingly,
since ktime_get returns a ktime_t, but do_gettimeofday returns a
struct timeval, and the other reason is that ktime_get() uses
the monotonic clock.
This patch uses ktime_us_delta to get the elapsed time, and in this
way it no longer needs to check for the overflow, because
ktime_us_delta returns time difference of microsecond.
Signed-off-by: Chunyan Zhang <zhang.chunyan@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ali ircc driver uses 'timeval', which we try to remove in the kernel
because all 32-bit time types will break in the year 2038.
This patch also changes do_gettimeofday() to ktime_get() accordingly,
since ktime_get returns a ktime_t, but do_gettimeofday returns a
struct timeval, and the other reason is that ktime_get() uses
the monotonic clock.
This patch uses ktime_us_delta to get the elapsed time, and in this
way it no longer needs to check for the overflow, because
ktime_us_delta returns time difference of microsecond.
Signed-off-by: Chunyan Zhang <zhang.chunyan@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the file au1k_ir.c & via-ircc.h, there were two unused definitions of the
timeval type members, this commit therefore removes this unneeded code.
In other three files, the same problem is the rx_time member is only ever
written, never read, so removed it entirely.
Signed-off-by: Chunyan Zhang <zhang.chunyan@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on Arnds review comments here https://lkml.org/lkml/2014/11/13/161,
we should not be mixing address spaces in the reg property like this driver
currently does. This patch updates the driver, dt docs and also the existing
dt nodes to pass the sysconfig offset in the syscon dt property.
This patch breaks DT compatibility! But this platform is considered WIP,
and is only used by a few developers who are upstreaming support for it.
This change has been done as a single atomic commit to ensure it is
bisectable.
Signed-off-by: Peter Griffin <peter.griffin@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Major changes in ath10k:
* Device tree support
* Major restructuring how to handle different WMI interface versions
* Add WMI TLV interface in preparation for new firmware interface support
* Support new firmware branch 10.2.4
* Add thermal cooling interface
* Add hwmon interface to read temparture from the device
And of course lots of small fixes and cleanups.
kbuild reported a linking error:
ERROR: "devm_hwmon_device_register_with_groups"
[drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/ath10k_core.ko] undefined!
Fix it by returning early and letting the compiler to optimise out the function
call.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Several of the drivers still were defining their own copies of various
macros. These are all moved into the core.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert driver to use routine rtl_dm_diginit().
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert driver rtl8723be to use routine rtl_dm_diginit().
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert driver rtl8723ae to use common routine rtl_dm_diginit().
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert driver rtl8192ee to use the common routine to initialize
dm_digtable.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch converts driver rtl8192de to use the common routine to
initialize dm_digtable.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These changes convert both rtl8192ce and rtl8192cu to use the new routine.
Some additional definitions are needed in the core, thus several of the
headers for other drivers are affected, but no other executable code is
changed.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The previous patch created a routine in rtlwifi to initialize dm_digtable.
Driver rtl8188ee is converted to use that routine.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Each of the drivers contains a routine that initializes the dm_digtable
member of the driver's private area. As a first step toward reducing the
size of the drivers, a copy of this driver is created in rtlwifi, and the
definitions of the parameters are moved there.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The description of the power-save variables for this driver is not as
clear as for the others. The wording is changed to match the others.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Some drivers refer to a particular quantity in the driver's private
are by one name, while others use a different name. These differences
are removed.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Instead of defining SDIO device identifier in brcm80211 code use
the defintions in linux/mmc/sdio_ids.h directly.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
After having all the dfs infrastructure in place, declare
radar_detect_widths support for the ap interfaces combination.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add dfs region to the reg domain channel update command.
Signed-off-by: Guy Mishol <guym@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since we are going to support dfs channels, there
is no reason to mark them as NO_IR (having
the DFS flag is enough anyway).
Additionally, when setting the regdomain configuration,
enable usable dfs channels.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
call wlcore_cmd_dfs_master_restart when starting
the ap on a new channel (after csa is done).
Add a new WLVIF_FLAG_BEACON_DISABLED flag to
indicate that dfs_master_restart command
is required.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Support ap csa support by implementing the channel_switch_beacon()
mac80211 op.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add debugfs file to emulate radar detection through
a special fw cmd (which in turn will generate radar
event)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add support for CAC start/stop commands, and pass
radar detection events from the fw to mac80211.
Bump fw name (to wl18xx-fw-4.bin) and min fw version
(to 8.9.*.*.11), and align event mailbox accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Guy Mishol <guym@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Enable ELP authorization in AP mode and enable the use
of the wakeup bit in the ELP register.
Introduce AP role sleep configuration which is disabled
by default. When configured, it allows the AP to sleep
when ELP is authorized for it.
Signed-off-by: Kobi Leibovitch <kobi.lev100@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
configure wowlan when host is suspended in AP mode,
since the FW can now wake the host up on Rx.
Signed-off-by: Kobi Leibovitch <kobi.lev100@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add the ability to mask FW interrupts on RX BA activity, PSM
entry/exit and fast-link notifications. This is used when the host
is suspended in order to decrease redundant wake ups.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <ramrani@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
sta_rc_update runs in atomic context. thus, a new work
should be scheduled in order to configure the fw
with the required configuration.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use kstrtoul_from_user() for reading the user value,
and fix the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/wireless/ti/wlcore/debugfs.c:937:15: error: incompatible
types in comparison expression (different type sizes)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The functions called within the iterators must be called with
tasklets disabled, so use atomic iteration like the rest of
the code and disable tasklets around the whole operation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch initialises the fep->netdev pointer. This pointer was not
initialised at all, but is used in fec_enet_timeout_work and in some
error paths.
Signed-off-by: Hubert Feurstein <h.feurstein@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TRSCER register is configured differently by SoCs. TRSCER of R-Car Gen2 is
RINT8 bit only valid, other bits are reserved bits. This removes access to
TRSCER register reserve bit by adding variable trscer_err_mask to
sh_eth_cpu_data structure, set the register information to each SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <nobuhiro.iwamatsu.yj@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FDR register of R-Car set in fdr_value can have the original settings.
This sets the value that is suitable for each SoCs to fdr_value of R8A777x
and R8A779x.
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <nobuhiro.iwamatsu.yj@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Delay update of hw tail descriptor if we know that another skb is going
to be sent.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CIM LA captures the embedded processor’s internal state. Optionally, it can
also trace the flow of data in and out of the embedded processor. Therefore, the
CIM LA output contains detailed information of what code the embedded processor
executed prior to the CIM LA capture.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for device log entry in debugfs
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is really just duplicating the list of information that's
already available in the nl80211 attribute, so remove the list.
Two small changes are needed:
* remove STATION_INFO_ASSOC_REQ_IES complete, but the length
(assoc_req_ies_len) can be used instead
* add NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC which exists internally
but not in nl80211 yet
This gets rid of the duplicate maintenance of the two lists.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In many cases, drivers can filter things like beacons that will
skew statistics reported by mac80211. To get correct statistics
in these cases, call drivers to obtain statistics and let them
override all values, filling values from mac80211 if the driver
didn't provide them. Not all of them make sense for the driver
to fill, so some are still always done by mac80211.
Note that this doesn't currently allow a driver to say "I know
this value is wrong, don't report it at all", or to sum it up
with a mac80211 value (as could be useful for "dropped misc"),
that can be added if it turns out to be needed.
This also gets rid of the get_rssi() method as is can now be
implemented using sta_statistics().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All of the survey data is (currently) per channel anyway,
so having the word "channel" in the name does nothing. In
the next patch I'll introduce global data to the survey,
where the word "channel" is actually confusing.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When hw acceleration is enabled, the GENERATE_IV or PUT_IV_SPACE flags
only require headroom space. Therefore, the tailroom-needed counter can
safely be decremented for most drivers.
The older incarnation of this patch (ca34e3b5) assumed that the above
holds true for all drivers. As reported by Christopher Chavez and
researched by Christian Lamparter and Larry Finger, this isn't a valid
assumption for p54 and cw1200.
Drivers that still require tailroom for ICV/MIC even when HW encryption
is enabled can use IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM to indicate it.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Cc: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Solomon Peachy <pizza@shaftnet.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge mac80211.git to get some changes that would otherwise
cause conflicts with new changes coming here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support for keyword 'boolean' will be dropped later on.
No functional change.
Reference: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/cover.1418003065.git.cj@linux.com
Signed-off-by: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Marek <mmarek@suse.cz>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.function = f;
-t.data = d;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.function = f;
-t.data = d;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.function = f;
-t.data = d;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.function = f;
-t.data = d;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.data = d;
-t.function = f;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.data = d;
-t.function = f;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.data = d;
-t.function = f;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.data = d;
-t.function = f;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.data = d;
-t.function = f;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use rt2x00_has_cap_flag macro to check rt2x00dev->cap_flags.
Signed-off-by: Fred Chou <fred.chou.nd@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
do_div() checks the type strictly. 'cycles_t' may be 32-bit under quite
a few architectures (parisc, arm, avr32 ...). So use 'uint64_t' instead
of, the related warning (with allmodconfig under parisc):
CC [M] drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/debugfs.o
In file included from arch/parisc/include/generated/asm/div64.h:1:0,
from include/linux/kernel.h:124,
from include/linux/list.h:8,
from include/linux/module.h:9,
from drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/debugfs.c:17:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/debugfs.c: In function ‘wil_vring_debugfs_show’:
include/asm-generic/div64.h:43:28: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
(void)(((typeof((n)) *)0) == ((uint64_t *)0)); \
^
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/debugfs.c:107:4: note: in expansion of macro ‘do_div’
do_div(idle, total);
^
In file included from include/uapi/linux/stddef.h:1:0,
from include/linux/stddef.h:4,
from ./include/uapi/linux/posix_types.h:4,
from include/uapi/linux/types.h:13,
from include/linux/types.h:5,
from include/linux/list.h:4,
from include/linux/module.h:9,
from drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/debugfs.c:17:
include/asm-generic/div64.h:44:18: warning: right shift count >= width of type [-Wshift-count-overflow]
if (likely(((n) >> 32) == 0)) { \
^
include/linux/compiler.h:159:40: note: in definition of macro ‘likely’
# define likely(x) __builtin_expect(!!(x), 1)
^
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/debugfs.c:107:4: note: in expansion of macro ‘do_div’
do_div(idle, total);
^
In file included from arch/parisc/include/generated/asm/div64.h:1:0,
from include/linux/kernel.h:124,
from include/linux/list.h:8,
from include/linux/module.h:9,
from drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/debugfs.c:17:
include/asm-generic/div64.h:48:22: warning: passing argument 1 of ‘__div64_32’ from incompatible pointer type [-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
__rem = __div64_32(&(n), __base); \
^
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/debugfs.c:107:4: note: in expansion of macro ‘do_div’
do_div(idle, total);
^
include/asm-generic/div64.h:35:17: note: expected ‘uint64_t * {aka long long unsigned int *}’ but argument is of type ‘cycles_t * {aka long unsigned int *}’
extern uint32_t __div64_32(uint64_t *dividend, uint32_t divisor);
^
Signed-off-by: Chen Gang <gang.chen.5i5j@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver was examining the outer protocol layer to set the inner protocol
layer checksum offload. In the case of TCP over IPV6 over an IPv4 based
VXLAN the inner checksum offloads would be set to look for IPv4/UDP instead
of IPv6/TCP. This code fixes that so that the driver will look at the
proper layer for encapsulation offload settings.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The Rx port checksum error counter was incrementing incorrectly with
UDP encapsulated tunneled traffic. This patch fixes the problem so that
the port_rx_csum counter will show accurate statistics.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the driver was polling with interrupts disabled the hardware
will occasionally not write back descriptors. This patch causes
the driver to detect this situation and force an interrupt to
fire which will flush the stuck descriptor. Does not conflict
with napi because if we are already polling the napi_schedule is
ignored. Additionally the extra interrupts are rate limited, so
don't cause a burden to the CPU.
Change-ID: Iba4616d2a71288672a5f08e4512e2704b97335e8
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This adds support for APM X-Gene ethernet driver to use ACPI table to derive
ethernet driver parameter.
Signed-off-by: Feng Kan <fkan@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The counter variable wasn't increased at all which may stuck under
certain circumstances.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Freescale mEMAC supports operating at 10/100/1000/10G, and
its associated MDIO controller is likewise capable of operating
both Clause 22 and Clause 45 MDIO buses. It is nearly identical
to the MDIO controller on the XGMAC, so we just modify that
driver.
Portions of this driver developed by:
Sandeep Singh <sandeep@freescale.com>
Roy Zang <tie-fei.zang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for wowlan disconnect.
Signed-off-by: Maithili Hinge <maithili@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch moves code for wowlan magic-packet and patterns to a function
mwifiex_set_mef_filter.
Signed-off-by: Maithili Hinge <maithili@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When driver is loaded, it is important to know if FW was already
active or it is freshly downloaded. This patch increases the
priority of these messages.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
As we are releasing the lock, during next iteration we may end
up getting page fault if other thread has already deleted that
node.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Wakeup pending wait queues in unload path. This will help to avoid
soft lockup issues in corner cases.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If host fails to wakeup the firmware, we will trigger card reset
after 3 second timeout.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
200ms is the requirement to allow VDD1.1 and VDD1.8 to
drop to have proper reset.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Yang <yangyang@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Workqueue needs to be flushed early when removing card, otherwise
soft lockup issue may happen because main_process is triggered by
interrupt while card is being removed.
Signed-off-by: Marc Yang <yangyang@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This flag is never set but checked at two places. We will get rid of
this code.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since e9ce7cb6b1 ("xen-netback: Factor queue-specific data into queue struct"),
the transimt shaper timeout is always set to 0. The value the user sets via
xenbus is never propagated to the transmit shaper.
This patch fixes the issue.
Cc: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Imre Palik <imrep@amazon.de>
Acked-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rx ring 2 size can be configured by adjusting rx-jumbo parameter
of ethtool -G.
Signed-off-by: Ramya Bolla <bollar@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Shrikrishna Khare <skhare@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support to get number of BA streams
supported information from FW. Some newer chips(e.g. 8897 series)
support 4 BA streams for TX; so driver should not disallow BA stream
setup just after 2 streams have been established.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for DMA alignment of 64 bytes for TX packets.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes memory corruption reported by community developer.
"Memory corruption occurs in mwifiex_ret_802_11_key_material_v1()
when a short command response is received without a key length
causing non initialised memory to be interpreted as the key
length resulting in a memcpy() overwriting the part of the
driver's private data structure beyond the key area."
For v1 key material API firmwares, there is no need to send
command to delete WEP key. WEP encryption/decryption is controlled
by mac_control command.
This patch avoids sending key material command in del_key case.
Reported-by: Martin Fuzzey <mfuzzey@parkeon.com>
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for the bcm43340 and bcm43341 wireless
chipsets. These two chipsets are identical from wireless parts
perspective. As such they use the same firmware image.
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Rob Herring <rob.herring@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
[arend@broadcom.com: squash to single commit, remove 43341 chipid]
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
SRCU is not necessary to be compiled by default in all cases. For tinification
efforts not compiling SRCU unless necessary is desirable.
The current patch tries to make compiling SRCU optional by introducing a new
Kconfig option CONFIG_SRCU which is selected when any of the components making
use of SRCU are selected.
If we do not select CONFIG_SRCU, srcu.o will not be compiled at all.
text data bss dec hex filename
2007 0 0 2007 7d7 kernel/rcu/srcu.o
Size of arch/powerpc/boot/zImage changes from
text data bss dec hex filename
831552 64180 23944 919676 e087c arch/powerpc/boot/zImage : before
829504 64180 23952 917636 e0084 arch/powerpc/boot/zImage : after
so the savings are about ~2000 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Pranith Kumar <bobby.prani@gmail.com>
CC: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
CC: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
CC: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
[ paulmck: resolve conflict due to removal of arch/ia64/kvm/Kconfig. ]
This patch adds module parameter for auto deepsleep configuration.
By default, module_param is 0 and auto deep sleep is enabled.
If mwifiex driver is loaded with disable_auto_ds=1, deep sleep
configuration would not be downloaded to FW and FW would not enter
deepsleep upon initializing.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch saves sdio registers value before firmware dump,
this can be used to find out reason for FW dump.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support to dump driver information to a file
when firmware dump happens. This information can be used to
root casue FW crash.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
mwifiex_debug_info also need be save to file when firmware dump happens.
Move its dump implementation function to commmon utilility file, thus it
can be reused in firmware dump function.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Move mwifiex_pm_wakeup_card_complete handler to source file.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch add a new debugfs item histogram used for reporting
rx data packet statitics(rx rate, snr, noise floor, signal strenth)
to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch add receive beacon count and miss beacon count statistics
in debugfs getlog item.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch add provision to show TDLS peer table in debugfs file.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This platform_driver does not need to set an owner, it will be populated by the
driver core.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa@the-dreams.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When the driver gets beacon info containing a country IE from user-space
upon .start_ap() callback, it will enable regulatory 802.11d support.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use cfg80211 change_station to signal the completion of 802.1x
to firmware. This allows FW to take appropriate actions.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When user-space uses a valid ISO-3166-1 country code for its
regulatory domain selection, the driver will try to configure
the firmware to use the same.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Support ndo_features_check to avoid:
- the transport offset is more than the hw limitation when using hw checksum.
- the skb->len of a GSO packet is more than the limitation.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When there is no room in the ring for rxbufpost an error is logged,
however this happens quite frequently and can be considered normal
and is certainly recoverable. This patch changes the erorr into
a normal msgbuf log.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When a device is configured for AP mode and it is configured for
WEP then the keys are plumbed first, followed by AP configuration.
During configuration a down command is given to the firmware which
will clear the configured keys. This patch reprograms the WEP keys
after AP has been brought up.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The source file chip.c contained some duplicate defines and
some unused ones. Removing them.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The physical addresses being used by pcie and msgbuf were using
a cast to long, which incorrectly caused it to limit the address
to 32bit. Now explicit u64 is used where needed.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* enhancements to the firmware debugging infrastructure
* support for 2 concurrent channel contexts
* fixes / cleanups in the rate control
* general cleanups
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=gLE1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2014-12-30' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* more work on d0i3 power state
* enhancements to the firmware debugging infrastructure
* support for 2 concurrent channel contexts
* fixes / cleanups in the rate control
* general cleanups
This patch cleanups all PL, XGMAC and SF related macros/register defines
that are defined in t4_regs.h and the affected files
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleanups all TP, MPS and TCAM related macros/register defines
that are defined in t4_regs.h and the affected files
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleanups all MC, MA and CIM related macros/register defines that are
defined in t4_regs.h and the affected files.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleansup remaining SGE related macros/register defines and all PCI
related ones that are defined in t4_regs.h and the affected files.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleanups all SGE related macros/register defines that are
defined in t4_regs.h and the affected files.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch uses skb->xmit_more flag to batch TX requests.
TX is flushed either when xmit_more is false or there is
no more space in the TXQ.
Skyhawk-R and BEx chips require an even number of wrbs to be posted.
So, when a batch of TX requests is accumulated, the last header wrb
may need to be fixed with an extra dummy wrb.
This patch refactors be_xmit() routine as a sequence of be_xmit_enqueue()
and be_xmit_flush() calls. The Tx completion code is also
updated to be able to unmap/free a batch of skbs rather than a single
skb.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The regmap_config struct may be const because it is not modified by the
driver and regmap_init() accepts pointer to const.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fixes for scan: fix long scanning times and network
discovery
* new firmware API for iwlmvm supported devices
* fixes in rate control
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJUqlO7AAoJEC0Llv5uNjIBld4P/jZWAsekBIq05qfCLD//SXAN
3PFlJZmgpQro4TeXlbPidVcU+ufZrCJiDDJ7iPCoipJ8VeJ7R8MBdPAW4IqjBFj1
j+H0i42p0ak5LnLHosNcx6Ild7GsYWu017hEvWZM8kC3DHJi34/TKfHE9p4BGdFb
IzvZkN+DH4D9c5NXjSNNXqdr8ru2SKAWU/TRT3PJiprc93PDuXkFwZfRmowl3jF/
W697P2B8X09NFhNC1zQiAdlDRWImu+U7/R4Zj33TVGTJLXy48fVOL5gwUEmBK6hi
3Jp4ETwudpddVuM5KkFc9AgVVSQxPn2NVx0b8RwFHgkuFSHJSnYtMNHUlzCEQT5n
MAg1vvHlzqV5n0YTYfnJelyzgul8uzWmVzLKvkaCpcWHHtnPiAWRWd0j57FYO3O0
mUaYArHnifHUPtXhl5vEt3haAXYpmp8eQ6Pr0irBvVIcdW85DSudnaI55uF+LRN7
ig9o/0ARZQYASo6Ypio3w1tSwJEkL4vk9bsvWkCbsVHjqHAkUnutqb89dmP6mH1z
cmUaSUnE5TK1IBdLLBFsEwzKUFQ+CbW7WGv8DFDiuaHeZzIIDrTHlJwdoaAGkVC2
8Xla8Nds/6DMwe042pzDyvSG5Ud1dLf1I8Gbg7CywXwZSA8fIa97P9oj7Ta9EH6G
wFQ4zZGhdgvtW8sHF1JO
=OVam
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-kalle-2015-01-05' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
* fix for 7265D NVM check
* fixes for scan: fix long scanning times and network
discovery
* new firmware API for iwlmvm supported devices
* fixes in rate control
This allows 3160 / 7260 / 7265 / 7265D / 8000 devices to
use the latest version of the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Use only basic dwell time (10 ms for active scan and 110 for passive),
regardless of the number of the probes and the band, if it is
supported by the FW. The FW will add 3 ms for each probe sent and 10
ms for low band channels.
Add a TLV flag to indicate such support in FW.
This fix is needed to fix few bugs regarding scans that take too much time.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add a flag that enables match found notification to align with
FW API change.
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.17+]
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When tid_tspec was set to IWL_TID_NON_QOS (8) this led to an
out of bounds access to the tid_to_mac80211_ac array whose size
is 7. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
commit 5c90422439
"iwlwifi: mvm: don't allow diversity if BT Coex / TT forbid it"
broke Rx with 2 chains for diversity.
This had an impact on throughput where we're using only a single
stream (11a/b/g APs, single stream APs, static SMPS).
Fixes: 5c90422439 ("iwlwifi: mvm: don't allow diversity if BT Coex / TT forbid it")
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.16+]
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The trans cfg was not replaced for 7265-D cards. This led to a check of
the min-NVM version against a 7265-C card, causing very-old 7265-D cards
to operate incorrectly with the driver.
Fixes: 3fd0d3c170 ("iwlwifi: pcie: support 7265-D devices")
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
These drivers use 9100-byte receive buffers, thus allocating an skb requires
an O(3) memory allocation. Under heavy memory loads and fragmentation, such
a request can fail. Previous versions of the driver have dropped the packet
and reused the old buffer; however, the new version introduced a bug in that
it released the old buffer before trying to allocate a new one. The previous
method is implemented here. The skb is unmapped before any attempt is made to
allocate another.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [v3.18]
Reported-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers3@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Biggers <ebiggers3@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use normal facilities to avoid printing each byte
on a separate line.
Now emits at KERN_DEBUG instead of KERN_INFO.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When running in kdump kernel, reduce number of resources used by the driver.
This will enable NIC to operate in low memory kdump kernel environment.
Also change the driver version to .83
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CPSW IP implements pulse-signaled interrupts. Due to
that we must write a correct, pre-defined value to the
CPDMA_MACEOIVECTOR register so the controller generates
a pulse on the correct IRQ line to signal the End Of
Interrupt.
The way the driver is written today, all four IRQ lines
are requested using the same IRQ handler and, because of
that, we could fall into situations where a TX IRQ fires
but we tell the controller that we ended an RX IRQ (or
vice-versa). This situation triggers an IRQ storm on the
reserved IRQ 127 of INTC which will in turn call ack_bad_irq()
which will, then, print a ton of:
unexpected IRQ trap at vector 00
In order to fix the problem, we are moving all calls to
cpdma_ctlr_eoi() inside the IRQ handler and making sure
we *always* write the correct value to the CPDMA_MACEOIVECTOR
register. Note that the algorithm assumes that IRQ numbers and
value-to-be-written-to-EOI are proportional, meaning that a
write of value 0 would trigger an EOI pulse for the RX_THRESHOLD
Interrupt and that's the IRQ number sitting in the 0-th index
of our irqs_table array.
This, however, is safe at least for current implementations of
CPSW so we will refrain from making the check smarter (and, as
a side-effect, slower) until we actually have a platform where
IRQ lines are swapped.
This patch has been tested for several days with AM335x- and
AM437x-based platforms. AM57x was left out because there are
still pending patches to enable ethernet in mainline for that
platform. A read of the TRM confirms the statement on previous
paragraph.
Reported-by: Yegor Yefremov <yegorslists@googlemail.com>
Fixes: 510a1e7 (drivers: net: davinci_cpdma: acknowledge interrupt properly)
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v3.9+
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver uses the function, clocksource_khz2mult, and so it really must
include clocksource.h.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When allocation of all RQs fail, we do not free previously allocated buffers,
before returning error. This causes memory leak.
This patch fixes this by calling vnic_rq_clean(), which frees all the rq
buffers.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some buggy firmwares export an incorrect MAC address (00:a0:c6:00:00:00). This
makes for example checking devices for random MAC addresses tricky, and you
might end up with multiple network interfaces with the same address.
This patch tries to fix, or at least improve, the situation by setting the MAC
address of devices with this firmware bug to a random address. I tested the
patch with two devices that has this firmware bug (Huawei E398 and E392), and
network traffic worked fine after changing the address.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* ath9k: enable Transmit Power Control (TPC) for ar9003 chips
* rtlwifi: cleanup and updates from the vendor driver
* rsi: fix memory leak related to firmware image
* ath: parameter fix for FCC DFS pattern
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJUpqFFAAoJEG4XJFUm622brwUH/iLBBtWvqbhFMKDlA9eUG0hD
z+LQkPtNR5gLYk11Qne7H8BjILDWgzdQcbyAUEpCnuplDThCDfj+8JB51gfNGpqU
pv9XwVO2Nf0afh4+hJBkBREI0vAJDod860AG+PV3E5G/WZZyt2MDxF9mk3IbvKVd
APR7cnUxsAltxjr7IWvPFY43wtbRJHbGM8EUVGkXDBaARaPipTJ7GqhwUyv45jCo
LRnW0VQ5njMZZD6DfteB9BiE+2GfZF9Ay4aOzRVJGc83NMHDBQxD7VSHVrBBgCt1
L+Ikz8O0UHG9TsoAGZqEcJ12o2iGWjVFm4TecEYsuhRA1fJmXJOispl/lnudZus=
=ZbEI
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2015-01-02' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Changes:
* ath9k: enable Transmit Power Control (TPC) for ar9003 chips
* rtlwifi: cleanup and updates from the vendor driver
* rsi: fix memory leak related to firmware image
* ath: parameter fix for FCC DFS pattern
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removes some functions that are not used anywhere:
enic_dev_enable2_done() enic_dev_enable2() enic_dev_deinit_done()
enic_dev_init_prov2() enic_vnic_dev_deinit()
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the function smt_ifconfig() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removes some functions that are not used anywhere:
dbgi_rd_rsp3() dbgi_wr_addr3()
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg say:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2014-12-31
Here's the first batch of bluetooth patches for 3.20.
- Cleanups & fixes to ieee802154 drivers
- Fix synchronization of mgmt commands with respective HCI commands
- Add self-tests for LE pairing crypto functionality
- Remove 'BlueFritz!' specific handling from core using a new quirk flag
- Public address configuration support for ath3012
- Refactor debugfs support into a dedicated file
- Initial support for LE Data Length Extension feature from Bluetooth 4.2
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the only tunnel protocol that supports GRO with encapsulated
Ethernet is VXLAN. This pulls out the Ethernet code into a proper layer
so that it can be used by other tunnel protocols such as GRE and Geneve.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Altera network device doesn't come up after
ifconfig eth0 down
ifconfig eth0 up
The reason behind is clearing priv->phydev during tse_shutdown().
The phydev is not restored back at tse_open().
Resubmiting as to follow Tobias Klauser suggestion.
phy_start/phy_stop are called on each ifup/ifdown and
phy_disconnect is called once during the module removal.
Signed-off-by: Kostya Belezko <bkostya@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We shouldn't call UNMAP_FA here, this is done in mlx4_load_one.
If mlx4_query_func fails, we need to invoke CLOSE_HCA for both
native and master.
Fixes: a0eacca948 ('net/mlx4_core: Refactor mlx4_load_one')
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, mlx4_mt_rereg_write filled the MPT's entity_size with the
old MTT's page shift, which could result in using an incorrect offset.
Fix the initialization to be after we calculate the new MTT offset.
In addition, assign mtt order to -1 after calling mlx4_mtt_cleanup. This
is necessary in order to mark the MTT as invalid and avoid freeing it later.
Fixes: e630664 ('mlx4_core: Add helper functions to support MR re-registration')
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to set the clock speed in read/write which will be performed
unnecessarily for each mdio access. Init it during probe is enough.
Also, the hardcoded clock value is not a proper way for all SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Which is wrong and not used, so no extra space needed by
mdiobus_alloc_size(), use mdiobus_alloc() instead.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the reset is just clock setting, individual mdio reset is
not available.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the check of adapter fails and goes into the 'else' branch, the
return value 'err' should not still be zero.
Signed-off-by: Yongjian Xu <xuyongjiande@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return a negative error code on failure.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
identifier ret; expression e1,e2;
@@
(
if (\(ret < 0\|ret != 0\))
{ ... return ret; }
|
ret = 0
)
... when != ret = e1
when != &ret
*if(...)
{
... when != ret = e2
when forall
return ret;
}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return a negative error code on failure.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
identifier ret; expression e1,e2;
@@
(
if (\(ret < 0\|ret != 0\))
{ ... return ret; }
|
ret = 0
)
... when != ret = e1
when != &ret
*if(...)
{
... when != ret = e2
when forall
return ret;
}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return a negative error code on failure.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
identifier ret; expression e1,e2;
@@
(
if (\(ret < 0\|ret != 0\))
{ ... return ret; }
|
ret = 0
)
... when != ret = e1
when != &ret
*if(...)
{
... when != ret = e2
when forall
return ret;
}
// </smpl>
The patch also modifies the test of mgp->cmd to satisfy checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return a negative error code on failure.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
identifier ret; expression e1,e2;
@@
(
if (\(ret < 0\|ret != 0\))
{ ... return ret; }
|
ret = 0
)
... when != ret = e1
when != &ret
*if(...)
{
... when != ret = e2
when forall
return ret;
}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver is based on stmmac driver.
changes since v2:
- use tab instead of space for macros
- use HIWORD_UPDATE macro for GMAC_CLK_RX_DL_CFG and GMAC_CLK_TX_DL_CFG
- remove drive-strength setting in the driver and set it in the pinctrl settings
- use dev_err instead of pr_err
- remove clock names's macros, just use the real name of the clock
- use devm_clk_get() instead of clk_get()
- remove clk_set_parent(bsp_priv->clk_mac, bsp_priv->clk_mac_pll)
- remove gpio setting for LDO, just use regulator API
- remove phy reset using gpio in the glue layer, it has been handled in the stmmac driver
- remove handling phy interrupt (mii interrupt)
changes since v1:
- use BIT() to set register
- combine two remap_write() operations into one for the same register
- use macros for register value setting
- remove grf fail check in rk_gmac_setup() and save all the check in set_rgmii_speed()
- remove .tx_coe=1 in rk_gmac_data
Signed-off-by: Roger Chen <roger.chen@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I didn't notice that return in the code, fix it by
adding a goto out instead to free the memory.
Fixes:
> New smatch warnings:
> drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_debugfs.c:832 i40e_dbg_dump_desc() warn: possible memory leak of 'ring'
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove a FIXME comment that was missed in a commit on 1/2007.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Reported-by: nick <xerofoify@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Although it doesn't explicitly say so, commit 60ffa47875 ("e100:
Fix MDIO/MDIO-X") appears to be intended to revert the earlier commit
648951451e ("e100: fixed e100 MDI/MDI-X issues"). However,
careful examination reveals that the attempted revert actually
_inverted_ the test for eeprom_mdix_enabled. That is bound to program
a few PHYs incorrectly...
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1156417
Signed-off-by: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of -1 with EAGAIN, read on a O_NONBLOCK tun fd will return 0. This
fixes this by properly returning the error code from __skb_recv_datagram.
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Validated that this was actually using the unsigned comparison with gdb.
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds generic statistics for enic. As of now dma_map_error is the only
member. dma_map_erro is incremented every time dma maping error happens.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch checks for pci_dma_mapping_error() after dma mapping the data.
If the dma mapping fails we remove the previously queued frags and return
NETDEV_TX_OK.
Reported-by: Jan Stancek <jstancek@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes vnic_wq_buf doubly liked list. This is needed for dma_mapping
error check, in case some frag's dma map fails, we need to move back and remove
previously queued buffers.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support for Wake-on-LAN using Magic Packet. ENET IP supports sleep mode
in low power status, when system enter suspend status, Magic packet can
wake up system even if all SOC clocks are gate. The patch doing below things:
- flagging the device as a wakeup source for the system, as well as
its Wake-on-LAN interrupt
- prepare the hardware for entering WoL mode
- add standard ethtool WOL interface
- enable the ENET interrupt to wake us
Tested on i.MX6q/dl sabresd, sabreauto boards, i.MX6SX arm2 boards.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following spare warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:3521:60: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different address spaces)
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:3521:60: expected unsigned int [noderef] <asn:2>*addr
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:3521:60: got unsigned int [usertype] *rfbptr
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:205:16: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different address spaces)
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:205:16: expected unsigned int [usertype] *rfbptr
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:205:16: got unsigned int [noderef] <asn:2>*<noident>
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:2918:44: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different address spaces)
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:2918:44: expected unsigned int [noderef] <asn:2>*addr
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:2918:44: got unsigned int [usertype] *rfbptr
Signed-off-by: Kevin Hao <haokexin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no need to do header check for virtio-net since:
- Host sets dodgy for all gso packets from guest and check the header.
- Host should be prepared for all kinds of evil packets from guest, since
malicious guest can send any kinds of packet.
So this patch sets NETIF_F_GSO_ROBUST for virtio-net to skip the check.
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the end asm/mach/irda.h header is not used by anybody except sa1100.
Move the header to the platform data includes dir and rename it to
irda-sa11x0.h.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.function = f;
-t.data = d;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.function = f;
-t.data = d;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.function = f;
-t.data = d;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.function = f;
-t.data = d;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current timecounter implementation will drop a variable amount
of resolution, depending on the magnitude of the time delta. In
other words, reading the clock too often or too close to a time
stamp conversion will introduce errors into the time values. This
patch fixes the issue by introducing a fractional nanosecond field
that accumulates the low order bits.
Reported-by: Janusz Użycki <j.uzycki@elproma.com.pl>
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use the new and improved method
for adjusting the offset of a timecounter.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use the new and improved method
for adjusting the offset of a timecounter.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use the new and improved method
for adjusting the offset of a timecounter.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use the new and improved method
for adjusting the offset of a timecounter.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use the new and improved method
for adjusting the offset of a timecounter.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use the new and improved method
for adjusting the offset of a timecounter.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use the new and improved method
for adjusting the offset of a timecounter.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use the new and improved method
for adjusting the offset of a timecounter.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The timecounter code has almost nothing to do with the clocksource
code. Let it live in its own file. This will help isolate the
timecounter users from the clocksource users in the source tree.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will remove the bug of havine zero perm_extended_addr address.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If allocation of memory fails instead of going to ret goto label
and returning from there, we can directly return -ENOMEM on failure.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since commit ab78029ecc (drivers/pinctrl: grab default handles from device
core), we can rely on device core for setting the default pins.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa@the-dreams.de>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Organize and cleanup the consts used by rs.
This is part of making some of these configurable.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Make passive scan fragmentation depends on the number of active
interfaces. In case of single-MAC, make passive scan less fragmented.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In order to config the FW and to allocate monitor buffer driver should
run the function iwl_pcie_apply_destination immediately after FW sections
are loaded.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This configuration defines the ratio between number of scan iterations
where EBS is involved to those where it is not.
This configuration was left unconfigured due to inaccurate documentation.
Fix documentation as well.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Set the wakeup flag (of the d3 command) to configure the fw
to wakeup when sysassert happens while in d0i3.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
A new TLV supplies the ADMA address for SDIO mode, allowing
the driver to configure the default base address to be this
(as given in the FW), rather than hardcoding the values to
use until the FW sends the ALIVE message.
Use the value given by the FW in the IWL_UCODE_TLV_SDIO_ADMA_ADDR
TLV for setting the default SDTM base address until the FW sends
the ALIVE message. If it isn't given in the FW - use the current
hardcoded values.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
A number of places (still) use a direct operation, use
iwl_mvm_sta_from_mac80211() consistently. In one place
also move it into the variable initializer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There are a few places not using it, use it at those places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Some implementations (i.e. mini_rpm) assume the references
are managed only while the device is started.
Move the stale reference cleanup before stopping the
device in order to make them happy.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.data = d;
-t.function = f;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.data = d;
-t.function = f;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The driver and the firmware now support 2 different channels
at the same time. Advertise this capability to the stack.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
On hw restart, make sure to wait for d0i3 exit
(by checking the IN_D0I3 status bit).
This is needed in order to avoid the stale
d0i3_exit_work from doing harm (e.g. unref
cleared reference).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Consider the iwlwifi module param d0i3_disable when
considering whether d0i3 is supported.
(There is currently no need to differentiate between
supported and enabled, so keep the function as-is)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Enter d0i3 on suspend, and exit d0i3. Wait for the
command responses in both cases.
Use this mode in case of pcie trans.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Allow configuring additional d0i3 mode, in which the
fw will be configured to enter d0i3 only on suspend
(while keeping the wake_lock accounting as usual)
The d0i3 mode to use will be determined by the
underlying trans layer.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
d3 and d0i3 shouldn't be mutually exclusive. Set supported
wowlan triggers by looking for each of them, and check
on suspend/resume which flow should be used ("any" trigger
is supported by d0i3, and all the others by d3)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Implement the ref/unref trans ops and track both tx and
host command queues (and hold references while they
are not empty).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This allows to add the offset. The type of the generic
memory dump will let the parser know that this is SRAM.
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Instead of adding a dump type for each type of memory, change
the SMEM type to be a general purpose memory dump. Add the
type of the memory and its offset in the device in the dump
itself. This will allow an external parser to know where
this memory came from.
Note that since this type isn't really in use yet, this is
not a real problem.
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In NICs that have SMEM - add its content to the dump data
for later debug.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
nvm_file in family 8000 B step and A step differ. This means
that the driver should support 2 file name as default.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In case the rate mask for one of the modulations was zero the
max rate idx for that modulation was set to 32 (BITS_PER_LONG).
This is bad as it would later lead to an out of bounds access
to the expected tpt table. In most cases there was no real effect
as the expected tpt was set to 0 and this led to avoiding the
modulation effectively.
Fix the out of bounds access and explicitly skip the modulation
in case there's no rate allowed in it.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Clear the thermal throttling values when entering CT-kill, since
everything will be reinitialized anyway when we exit CT-kill.
Additionally, clear the dynamic_smps value in the initialization
funciton, for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The HW step member was left out of the core dump information. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware is able to compensate the rssi when we hear
the frame on a different channel.
This is true for an offset up to 3 channels.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This allows to collect the logs even if the firmware hasn't
crashed. Of course, crashing the firmware is an option, but
this is easier and nicer.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When the driver is unload, the Manageability Engine should
know about that - send an event to inform it about this
event.
Reviewed-by: Reuven Borok <reuven.borok@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The antenna configuration has to be read also from OTP
Currently read only from FW image
Guideline: An antenna exists only if appears both in FW image & NVM
Signed-off-by: Moshe Harel <moshe.harel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The allocation of the DCCM between the data and the stack
can theoretically change without notice to the driver, but
the total size is HW-fixed. Since the stack CCM (runtime
stack) has also data important to the FW - this patch allows
pulling the whole DCCM in one piece and adds it to the dump
data.
If the size isn't known - just use the data part of the
DCCM as it appears in the FW TLVs.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The module version "in-tree:" or "in-tree:d" is useless; there
should be better (functional) ways to detect whether debugging
is enabled and other than that the version says nothing.
Therefore remove the driver version completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
For linux-3.18.0
The driver lacks pci_disable_device in error handling code of
ne2k_pci_init_one, so the device enabled by pci_enable_device is not
disabled when errors occur.
This patch fixes this problem.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In __bond_release_one(), when the interface is not a slave or not a slave of
"this" master, it log error message.
The message actually should be a debug message matching what bond_enslave()
does.
Signed-off-by: Wengang Wang <wen.gang.wang@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
enable that driver because Wireless Extensions is now disabled by default.
o Mika fixed brcmfmac not to crash when platform data is not populated
o Emmanuel provided few fixes to iwlwifi, he says:
"I have here new device IDs and a fix for double free bug I
introduced. I also fix an issue with the RFKILL interrupt - the HW
needs us to ACK the interrupt again after we reset it. Liad fixes an
issue with the firmware debugging infrastructure. While working on
torture scenarios of firmware restarts, Eliad found an issue which
he fixed."
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJUnUpQAAoJEG4XJFUm622bcoUIAISxktWxN6NOIrdQTcnm0fNz
AQZpCOlry0FNmEFSRJkcsNOD1Hv62iZqtSnwKQOOFMi8Rav9W+MIw0M16ieWsBTb
tt5PQjWH4KeAU64BmWsvtStRSRQf0xO7mR3ZlW6gD1rpwxtAggWxzF7hc61wYj0p
TOfbUuCvXLHWsc1YI/Ec9nfkVmEqWyzw4duuGh2lpOoEpAJz3BE0W10l5e5KMLK6
o/YiA3nk52jboTt0QZ8NbGCYAvXRhShI5CI5N9IHLm3pvJv1zNTv8JPUw38bH385
+IuP2s4bp6wDno75R/kWfYBppKXoOFrINFpU/7p9lhUF50qVoUmFfAFYPzWI2WI=
=aYZX
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2014-12-26' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
o Paul made a Kconfig dependency fix to ipw2200, it was not possible to
enable that driver because Wireless Extensions is now disabled by default.
o Mika fixed brcmfmac not to crash when platform data is not populated
o Emmanuel provided few fixes to iwlwifi, he says:
"I have here new device IDs and a fix for double free bug I
introduced. I also fix an issue with the RFKILL interrupt - the HW
needs us to ACK the interrupt again after we reset it. Liad fixes an
issue with the firmware debugging infrastructure. While working on
torture scenarios of firmware restarts, Eliad found an issue which
he fixed."
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GSO isn't the only offload feature with restrictions that
potentially can't be expressed with the current features mechanism.
Checksum is another although it's a general issue that could in
theory apply to anything. Even if it may be possible to
implement these restrictions in other ways, it can result in
duplicate code or inefficient per-packet behavior.
This generalizes ndo_gso_check so that drivers can remove any
features that don't make sense for a given packet, similar to
netif_skb_features(). It also converts existing driver
restrictions to the new format, completing the work that was
done to support tunnel protocols since the issues apply to
checksums as well.
By actually removing features from the set that are used to do
offloading, it solves another problem with the existing
interface. In these cases, GSO would run with the original set
of features and not do anything because it appears that
segmentation is not required.
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
CC: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Fixes: 04ffcb255f ("net: Add ndo_gso_check")
Tested-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The second init_completion call should be a reinit_completion here.
patch is against 3.18.0 linux-next
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <der.herr@hofr.at>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This property is no longer used in the code yet the code looks for it in the device tree.
It does not cause an error if it's not in the tree.
Signed-off-by: Kedareswara rao Appana <appanad@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use generic config_init callback also for KSZ8021 and KSZ8031.
This has been avoided this far due to commit b838b4aced ("phy/micrel:
KSZ8031RNL RMII clock reconfiguration bug"), which claims that the PHY
becomes unresponsive if the broadcast-disable flag is set before
configuring the clock mode.
Turns out that the problem seemingly worked-around by the above
mentioned commit was really due to a hardware-configuration issue, where
the PHY was in fact strapped to address 3 rather than 0.
Tested-by: Bruno Thomsen <bth@kamstrup.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add tpc entry to ath9k debugfs in order to enable/disable hw TPC
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Enable hw TPC by default on AR9003 based chips
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Remove the function rtl8723be_phy_get_txpower_level() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Remove the function rtl92ee_get_available_desc() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With this change, all of the drivers now use the common routine. As this
driver has VHT capability, an additional parameter is needed, thus all the
drivers had to be modified.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The code uses macros to determine the parameters that are passed to the
rate setting routine. A simpler method is implemented.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The code uses macros to determine the parameters that are passed to the
rate setting routine. A simpler method is implemented.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Device RTL8821AE is the first if the rtlwifi devices to implement 802.11ac
capability. As a result, VHT rate descriptors are needed. In addition, the
driver is converted to use the descriptors in rtlwifi.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This common set of rate descriptors is renamed to be DESC_RATExx.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This driver is also converted to use the rate-mapping code in the core.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This driver duplicates a routine found in the core.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This driver currently has its owm version of this routine that duplicates
a routine in rtlwifi.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Four of the drivers (92ce, 92cu, 92de, and 92se) supply an argument to the
rate-mapping routine that is never used, thus it can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These changes match those of the latest vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These changes were found in the latest vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch applies changes found in the latest vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This change helps the device maintain a connection.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Two of the macros that control power sequencing have values to be set that
contain bits that are not covered by the associated mask.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The existing method for loading both normal and WOWLAN firmware for the
device duplicates a lot of code. This solution is much cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Troy Tan <troy_tan@realsil.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The minimum number of pulses per burst on FCC radar type 5 is 1.
Use this number for correct radar detection.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Memory allocated by kmemdup() in rsi_load_ta_instructions() is leaked.
But duplication of firmware data here is useless,
so the patch removes kmemdup() at all.
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Remove the function rtl92d_set_fw_pwrmode_cmd() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver looks for pdata->oob_irq_supported to find out if wowl can be
supported. However, not all platforms populate pdata in which case we crash
the kernel because of NULL pointer dereference.
Fixes: 330b4e4be9 ("brcmfmac: Add wowl support for SDIO devices.")
Reported-by: Christophe Prigent <christophe.prigent@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Commit 24a0aa212e ("cfg80211: make WEXT compatibility unselectable")
made it impossible to depend on CFG80211_WEXT. It does still allow to
select that symbol. (Yes, the commit summary is confusing.)
So make IPW2200 select CFG80211_WEXT, so that the ipw2200 driver can be
enabled in config again.
Signed-off-by: Paul Bolle <pebolle@tiscali.nl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In case of error vxlan_xmit_one() can free already freed skb.
Also fixes memory leak of dst-entry.
Fixes: acbf74a763 ("vxlan: Refactor vxlan driver to make use
of the common UDP tunnel functions").
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
phymode should use 11b only if NO_OFDM flags is set.
Hence check up channel flag for NO_OFDM and set to
11b.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Assoc peer command contain information about NSS.
When we will get IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED we should
also send (re) assoc peer command to be sure firmware
will know about it and RC will work correctly.
This was found during code review.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This fix TX problem when IBSS used in HT mode.
Before we used 6Mbps all the time for TX direction.
Reported-by: Yeoh Chun-Yeow <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Temperature sensor generates electrical analog voltage from temperature
of each chain. The analog voltage is converted to digital value through
ADC. For reading temperature values fom user space, hw monitoring device
is used.
Whenever the user requests for current temperature, the driver sends WMI
command and wait for response. For reading temperature,
cat /sys/class/ieee80211/phy*/device/hwmon/hwmon2/temp1_input
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add WMI command support for reading temperature from the target and
corresponding WMI temperature event handler. The pdev_get_temperature
command is currently supported in 10.2 firmware alone.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Thermal cooling device support is added to control the temperature
by throttling the data transmission for the given duration. Throttling
is done using hw MAC quiet time setting. Period, duration and offset
from TBTT can be set up to quiet the MAC transmits for the required duty
cycle (% of quiet duration). The thermal device allows user to configure
duty cycle.
The quiet params are derived as follows.
period = max(25TU, beacon interval / number of bss)
duration = period * duty cycle / 100
Quiet mode can be disabled by setting the duty cycle to 0. The cooling
device can be found under /sys/class/thermal/cooling_deviceX/.
Corresponding soft link to this device can be found under phy folder.
/sys/class/ieee80211/phy*/device/cooling_device.
To set duty cycle as 40%,
echo 40 >/sys/class/ieee80211/phy*/device/cooling_device/cur_state
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add WMI support to send pdev_set_quiet_mode command to target.
This will be used for thermal mitigation purpose.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
10.2.4 firmware uses bitmask in wmi_resource_config to configure
10.2 firmware features like airtime fairness and rx batch mode instead
of maintaining separete bool entry. This allows new features that can be
configure during init time without breaking backward compatibility.
kvalo: use WMI op version, bump up FW API to 4 to not break older versions of
ath10k
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The internal firmware version doesn't tell much to the user, it's more
informative to use that field to print the wmi op version.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ATH10K_FW_FEATURE_WMI_10X should not be used for anymore as that's
now deprecated, instead use wmi op version.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
To make it easier to manage firmware differences, we should not use
ATH10K_FW_FEATURE_WMI_10X outside ath10k_core_init_firmware_features(). To
achieve that create new field ar->max_num_vdevs and set it based on wmi op
version.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Decode and display Port Type and Module Type for ethtool get_settings() call
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit d75b1ade56 (net: less
interrupt masking in NAPI) breaks caif.
It is now required that if the entire budget is consumed when poll
returns, the napi poll_list must remain empty. However, like some
other drivers caif tries to do a last-ditch check and if there is
more work it will call napi_schedule and then immediately process
some of this new work. Should the entire budget be consumed while
processing such new work then we will violate the new caller
contract.
This patch fixes this by not touching any work when we reschedule
in caif.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iowrite32() will byteswap it's argument on big endian archs.
iowrite32be() will byteswap on little endian archs.
Since we don't want to do this unnecessary byteswap on the fast path,
doorbell is stored in the NIC's native endianness. Using the right
iowrite() according to the arch endianness.
CC: Wei Yang <weiyang@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
CC: David Laight <david.laight@aculab.com>
Fixes: 6a4e812 ("net/mlx4_en: Avoid calling bswap in tx fast path")
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For linux-3.18.0
The driver lacks netif_napi_del in the normal path and error path
to match the call of netif_napi_add in rtl8139_init_one.
This patch fixes this problem.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For linux-3.18.0
When pci_request_regions is failed in rtl8139_init_board, pci_disable_device
is not called to disable the device which are enabled by pci_enable_device,
because of disable_dev_on_err is not assigned 1.
This patch fix this problem.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This platform_driver does not need to set an owner, it will be populated by the
driver core.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa@the-dreams.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The s6000 Xtensa support has been removed from the kernel in
4006e565e1. There are no other chips using this driver.
While the Mentor/Alcatel PE-MCXMAC IP core is also used in other
designs (Freescale Gianfar/UCC, QLogic NetXen, Solarflare, Agere
ET-1310, Netlogic XLR/XLS), none of these use this driver as it
heavily depends on the s6000 DMA engine. In fact, there is no
code sharing across any of the aforementioned devices.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Glöckner <dg@emlix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the function port_cfg_dis_learn() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During driver load in tg3_init_one, if the driver detects DMA activity before
intializing the chip tg3_halt is called. As part of tg3_halt interrupts are
disabled using routine tg3_disable_ints. This routine was using mailbox value
which was not initialized (default value is 0). As a result driver was writing
0x00000001 to pci config space register 0, which is the vendor id / device id.
This driver bug was exposed because of the commit a7877b17a667 (PCI: Check only
the Vendor ID to identify Configuration Request Retry). Also this issue is only
seen in older generation chipsets like 5722 because config space write to offset
0 from driver is possible. The newer generation chips ignore writes to offset 0.
Also without commit a7877b17a667, for these older chips when a GRC reset is
issued the Bootcode would reprogram the vendor id/device id, which is the reason
this bug was masked earlier.
Fixed by initializing the interrupt mailbox registers before calling tg3_halt.
Please queue for -stable.
Reported-by: Nils Holland <nholland@tisys.org>
Reported-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The changed names are union fields with the same size, so the existing code
still works. But, we now update these variables to the correct names.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit d75b1ade56 (net: less
interrupt masking in NAPI) breaks virtio_net in an insidious way.
It is now required that if the entire budget is consumed when poll
returns, the napi poll_list must remain empty. However, like some
other drivers virtio_net tries to do a last-ditch check and if
there is more work it will call napi_schedule and then immediately
process some of this new work. Should the entire budget be consumed
while processing such new work then we will violate the new caller
contract.
This patch fixes this by not touching any work when we reschedule
in virtio_net.
The worst part of this bug is that the list corruption causes other
napi users to be moved off-list. In my case I was chasing a stall
in IPsec (IPsec uses netif_rx) and I only belatedly realised that it
was virtio_net which caused the stall even though the virtio_net
poll was still functioning perfectly after IPsec stalled.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both stmmac_open() and stmmac_resume() call stmmac_hw_setup(), and
stmmac_hw_setup() call stmmac_init_ptp() unconditionally. However, only
stmmac_release() calls stmmac_release_ptp(). Since stmmac_suspend()
doesn't call stmmac_release_ptp(), stmmac_resume() also needn't call
stmmac_init_ptp().
This patch also fix a "scheduling while atomic" problem when resume
from suspend/hibernation. Because stmmac_init_ptp() will trigger
scheduling while stmmac_resume() hold a spinlock.
Callgraph of "scheduling while atomic":
stmmac_resume() --> stmmac_hw_setup() --> stmmac_init_ptp() -->
stmmac_ptp_register() --> ptp_clock_register() --> device_create() -->
device_create_groups_vargs() --> device_add() --> devtmpfs_create_node()
--> wait_for_common() --> schedule_timeout() --> __schedule()
Signed-off-by: Huacai Chen <chenhc@lemote.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
David Binderman reports that the conditions in the first loop
are the wrong way around - checking the array contents before
the size.
Instead of leaving the empty loop there and reordering the two
checks unify it into a single loop that skips over non-matches
and exits after the first match.
Reported-by: David Binderman <dcb314@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
I also fix an issue with the RFKILL interrupt - the HW needs us to ACK
the interrupt again after we reset it.
Liad fixes an issue with the firmware debugging infrastructure.
While working on torture scenarios of firmware restarts, Eliad found an
issue which he fixed.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=Q1yv
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-fixes-for-kalle-2014-12-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
I have here new device IDs and a fix for double free bug I introduced.
I also fix an issue with the RFKILL interrupt - the HW needs us to ACK
the interrupt again after we reset it.
Liad fixes an issue with the firmware debugging infrastructure.
While working on torture scenarios of firmware restarts, Eliad found an
issue which he fixed.
when skb_gso_segment returns error, the original skb should be freed
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David L Stevens <david.stevens@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- On-demand paging support in core midlayer and mlx5 driver. This lets
userspace create non-pinned memory regions and have the adapter HW
trigger page faults.
- iSER and IPoIB updates and fixes.
- Low-level HW driver updates for cxgb4, mlx4 and ocrdma.
- Other miscellaneous fixes.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABCAAGBQJUk2pBAAoJEENa44ZhAt0hL18P/jdCGbWVXOJh25KvjzmKIfUV
T3Bdixz5h/Xj2iU6ShsXLSZa8vkPXsiO5v3MIQcR5MuPn88vrxemTy/OmBjefJeL
qKGnWfy9O8KxMqhYZAokTTIyl5ygtSITbJsCE5W0KHgRBgBtexbrHeFBcWsT3AZ5
piGyRP4XWc2LtfjrFWdUUjRELz9m74L93uILy0P8lS58k3M8YIOvkjqVmGj5Ya3U
/hadgk1HYWfxjw+z3v0keaP1IoqHpJferH+UyjCj8UsIB9swXabE8ap/SFrQPIpe
p+Zwyi25292mavqEfm/neUmvn34xLF8c00XB6UKxr42Q9yd1mDxnO+ZxWpxW5klQ
tKEZeySDbB/WplGrumCeNXPonFvdBpGOTguP3z5o0bcgj1UJ+yVk8KjNBlwSWhQw
Mkh/Rb6gSJzeidB3pnQV3TKVkvcFr+Li6DgbG6a77f0W7ggQC2UaeTwEPY5FlMtK
n2jQddhnXYsQXeOEpDcISbpAnCIx+qjDIRv7jYTajw0hg8A669ytcI/gi4b9qJeU
l3epZDszbCkRwPACzOXCRfeZRiz1H6/USI+Vn/yIQZBlHEd7TcK6ph+KDO/btX+D
PWKrirIgzorJsIsDyD4WBXHfJnNS1Imfoxl5s7/8kkwrIkwY+lGpU0zM1bu7cS8W
c32iGI9+dgHSPTZt3RdL
=MCO9
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rdma-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/roland/infiniband
Pull infiniband updates from Roland Dreier:
"Main batch of InfiniBand/RDMA changes for 3.19:
- On-demand paging support in core midlayer and mlx5 driver. This
lets userspace create non-pinned memory regions and have the
adapter HW trigger page faults.
- iSER and IPoIB updates and fixes.
- Low-level HW driver updates for cxgb4, mlx4 and ocrdma.
- Other miscellaneous fixes"
* tag 'rdma-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/roland/infiniband: (56 commits)
IB/mlx5: Implement on demand paging by adding support for MMU notifiers
IB/mlx5: Add support for RDMA read/write responder page faults
IB/mlx5: Handle page faults
IB/mlx5: Page faults handling infrastructure
IB/mlx5: Add mlx5_ib_update_mtt to update page tables after creation
IB/mlx5: Changes in memory region creation to support on-demand paging
IB/mlx5: Implement the ODP capability query verb
mlx5_core: Add support for page faults events and low level handling
mlx5_core: Re-add MLX5_DEV_CAP_FLAG_ON_DMND_PG flag
IB/srp: Allow newline separator for connection string
IB/core: Implement support for MMU notifiers regarding on demand paging regions
IB/core: Add support for on demand paging regions
IB/core: Add flags for on demand paging support
IB/core: Add support for extended query device caps
IB/mlx5: Add function to read WQE from user-space
IB/core: Add umem function to read data from user-space
IB/core: Replace ib_umem's offset field with a full address
IB/mlx5: Enhance UMR support to allow partial page table update
IB/mlx5: Remove per-MR pas and dma pointers
RDMA/ocrdma: Always resolve destination mac from GRH for UD QPs
...
This version check allows the driver to only work with v=1 hardware
however there is no driver-facing difference with newer versions
(confirmed by Atmel FAEs) so this check needlessly prevents the driver
from being used with radios now in production.
Tested on AT86RF212B radio (which came up as v=3).
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <yurovsky@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The driver was reading the PART_NUM register for both the part number
(type of device) and the part version, the version is actually in
register 0x1D, VERSION_NUM. I believe that this was a copy-paste error.
Tested on AT86RF212B where the part is detected to be the expected part
number (0x07) and version (0x03 on mine).
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@snupi.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The attribute extra_tx_headroom should already be zero.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch changes the context pointer to the parameter given one inside
function at86rf230_async_state_change_start. This could occur problem if
context isn't pointed to lp->state.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes the at86rf230_async_error inline. This function is
small enough to handle inline.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes an unnecessary if branch inside the tx complete
handler.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
CC: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
CC: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the default cca setting after device reset for at86rf230
driver.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current cca setting handle is a driver specific call. We need to
introduce some 802.15.4 specific layer and mapping 802.15.4 cca modes to
driver specific ones inside the 802.15.4 driver. This patch will add
such 802.15.4 layer and mapping the cca settings to driver specific ones.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
An earlier commit to resolve an issue with encapsulation offloads missed
setting a bit in the outer netdev features flag. This results in loss of TSO
feature on a VxLAN interface.
Fixes: 630f4b70 ("Export tunnel offloads only when a VxLAN tunnel is created")
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit bc96f648df (xen-netback: make
feature-rx-notify mandatory) incorrectly assumed that there were no
frontends in use that did not support this feature. But the frontend
driver in MiniOS does not and since this is used by (qemu) stubdoms,
these stopped working.
Netback sort of works as-is in this mode except:
- If there are no Rx requests and the internal Rx queue fills, only
the drain timeout will wake the thread. The default drain timeout
of 10 s would give unacceptable pauses.
- If an Rx stall was detected and the internal Rx queue is drained,
then the Rx thread would never wake.
Handle these two cases (when feature-rx-notify is disabled) by:
- Reducing the drain timeout to 30 ms.
- Disabling Rx stall detection.
Reported-by: John <jw@nuclearfallout.net>
Tested-by: John <jw@nuclearfallout.net>
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QSA module was getting decoded as QSFP module in ethtool get settings, this
patch fixes it.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current implementations all use dev_uc_add_excl() and such whose API
doesn't support vlans, so we can't make it with NICs HW for now.
Fixes: f6f6424ba7 ('net: make vid as a parameter for ndo_fdb_add/ndo_fdb_del')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit contains 2 fixes for the 128B CQE/EQE stride feaure.
Wei found that mlx4_QUERY_HCA function marked the wrong capability
in flags (64B CQE/EQE), when CQE/EQE stride feature was enabled.
Also added small fix in initial CQE ownership bit assignment, when CQE
is size is not default 32B.
Fixes: 77507aa24 (net/mlx4: Enable CQE/EQE stride support)
Signed-off-by: Wei Yang <weiyang@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do camera capture test on i.MX6q sabresd board, and save the capture data to
nfs rootfs. The command is:
gst-launch-1.0 -e imxv4l2src device=/dev/video1 num-buffers=2592000 ! tee name=t !
queue ! imxv4l2sink sync=false t. ! queue ! vpuenc ! queue ! mux. pulsesrc num-buffers=3720937
blocksize=4096 ! 'audio/x-raw, rate=44100, channels=2' ! queue ! imxmp3enc ! mpegaudioparse !
queue ! mux. qtmux name=mux ! filesink location=video_recording_long.mov
After about 10 hours running, there have net watchdog timeout kernel dump:
...
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 0 at net/sched/sch_generic.c:264 dev_watchdog+0x2b4/0x2d8()
NETDEV WATCHDOG: eth0 (fec): transmit queue 0 timed out
CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 3.14.24-01051-gdb840b7 #440
[<80014e6c>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<800118ac>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[<800118ac>] (show_stack) from [<806ae3f0>] (dump_stack+0x78/0xc0)
[<806ae3f0>] (dump_stack) from [<8002b504>] (warn_slowpath_common+0x68/0x8c)
[<8002b504>] (warn_slowpath_common) from [<8002b558>] (warn_slowpath_fmt+0x30/0x40)
[<8002b558>] (warn_slowpath_fmt) from [<8055e0d4>] (dev_watchdog+0x2b4/0x2d8)
[<8055e0d4>] (dev_watchdog) from [<800352d8>] (call_timer_fn.isra.33+0x24/0x8c)
[<800352d8>] (call_timer_fn.isra.33) from [<800354c4>] (run_timer_softirq+0x184/0x220)
[<800354c4>] (run_timer_softirq) from [<8002f420>] (__do_softirq+0xc0/0x22c)
[<8002f420>] (__do_softirq) from [<8002f804>] (irq_exit+0xa8/0xf4)
[<8002f804>] (irq_exit) from [<8000ee5c>] (handle_IRQ+0x54/0xb4)
[<8000ee5c>] (handle_IRQ) from [<80008598>] (gic_handle_irq+0x28/0x5c)
[<80008598>] (gic_handle_irq) from [<800123c0>] (__irq_svc+0x40/0x74)
Exception stack(0x80d27f18 to 0x80d27f60)
7f00: 80d27f60 0000014c
7f20: 8858c60e 0000004d 884e4540 0000004d ab7250d0 80d34348 00000000 00000000
7f40: 00000001 00000000 00000017 80d27f60 800702a4 80476e6c 600f0013 ffffffff
[<800123c0>] (__irq_svc) from [<80476e6c>] (cpuidle_enter_state+0x50/0xe0)
[<80476e6c>] (cpuidle_enter_state) from [<80476fa8>] (cpuidle_idle_call+0xac/0x154)
[<80476fa8>] (cpuidle_idle_call) from [<8000f174>] (arch_cpu_idle+0x8/0x44)
[<8000f174>] (arch_cpu_idle) from [<80064c54>] (cpu_startup_entry+0x100/0x158)
[<80064c54>] (cpu_startup_entry) from [<80cd8a9c>] (start_kernel+0x304/0x368)
---[ end trace 09ebd32fb032f86d ]---
...
There might have a race in napi_schedule(), leaving interrupts disabled forever.
After these patch, the case still work more than 40 hours running.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After d75b1ade56 (net: less interrupt
masking in NAPI) the napi instance is removed from the per-cpu list
prior to calling the n->poll(), and is only requeued if all of the
budget was used. This inadvertently broke netfront because netfront
does not use NAPI correctly.
If netfront had not used all of its budget it would do a final check
for any Rx responses and avoid calling napi_complete() if there were
more responses. It would still return under budget so it would never
be rescheduled. The final check would also not re-enable the Rx
interrupt.
Additionally, xenvif_poll() would also call napi_complete() /after/
enabling the interrupt. This resulted in a race between the
napi_complete() and the napi_schedule() in the interrupt handler. The
use of local_irq_save/restore() avoided by race iff the handler is
running on the same CPU but not if it was running on a different CPU.
Fix both of these by always calling napi_compete() if the budget was
not all used, and then calling napi_schedule() if the final checks
says there's more work.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless 2014-12-16
Please pull this batch of fixes intended for the 3.19 stream!
For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"The patches consist of:
- Coccinelle warning fix
- hci_dev_lock/unlock fixes
- Fixes for pending mgmt command handling
- Fixes for properly following the force_lesc_support switch
- Fix for a Microsoft branded Broadcom adapter
- New device id for Atheros AR3012
- Fix for BR/EDR Secure Connections enabling"
Along with that...
Brian Norris avoids leaking some kernel memory contents via printk in brcmsmac.
Julia Lawall corrects some misspellings in a few drivers.
Larry Finger gives us one more rtlwifi fix to correct a porting oversight.
Wei Yongjun fixes a sparse warning in rtlwifi.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise we get things like:
warning: (NET_DSA_BCM_SF2 && BCMGENET && SYSTEMPORT) selects FIXED_PHY which has unmet direct dependencies (NETDEVICES && PHYLIB=y)
In order to make this work we have to rename fixed.c to fixed_phy.c
because the regulator drivers already have a module named "fixed.o".
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flags field in ifreq is only 16 bit wide, but
we read it as a 32 bit value.
If userspace doesn't zero-initialize unused fields,
this will lead to failures.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware doesn't allow precise tx rate control so
P2P wasn't entirely spec compliant (it was using
CCK rates in some cases).
The only way to make sure firmware doesn't use CCK
rates is to have a vdev with P2P subtype used for
scanning and tx. This can be done via a special
dedicated P2P device interface support.
This also removes the ancient hack from ath10k in
favor of p2pdev.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Per-vif bss_conf.ps should be used to configure
powersave.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Setting 0 ps timeout to firmware yields very poor
latency and traffic issues. This is the case when
multi-vif is active.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
To comply with WMM-PS the device shouldn't wake up
with a NullFunc frame pair when tx-ing. Instead PM
bit on each tx frame should be used.
To make this work correctly firmware needs to be
told to use a different STA PS wake threshold when
u-APSD is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some firmware revisions need peer phymode to be
specified as MODE_11B when associating as station
to a 11b AP. Otherwise they can starve other
stations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Setting fragmentation threshold has not been supported by
any of firmware versions, hence unregister the callback and
remove the function.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is no need to do the following:
select FIXED_PHY if NET_DSA_BCM_SF2=y, as this implies that we will not be
able to build and/or run the driver correctly when built as a module,
which is no longer an issue since commit 37e9a69045 ("net: phy: export
fixed_phy_register()").
Fixes: 246d7f773c ("net: dsa: add Broadcom SF2 switch driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to do the following:
select FIXED_PHY if SYSTEMPORT=y, as this implies that we will not be able
to build and/or run the driver correctly when built as a module, which
is no longer an issue since commit 37e9a69045 ("net: phy: export
fixed_phy_register()")
Fixes: a3862db2d3 ("net: systemport: hook SYSTEMPORT driver in the build")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to do the following:
select FIXED_PHY if BCMGENET=y, as this implies that we will not be able
to build and/or run the driver correctly when built as a module, which
is no longer an issue since commit 37e9a69045 ("net: phy: export
fixed_phy_register()")
Fixes: b0ba512e225d ("net: bcmgenet: enable driver to work without device tree"
Fixes: bdaa53bde5 ("net: bcmgenet: hook into the build system")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Add a handler function pointer in the mlx5_core_qp struct for page
fault events. Handle page fault events by calling the handler
function, if not NULL.
* Add on-demand paging capability query command.
* Export command for resuming QPs after page faults.
* Add various constants related to paging support.
Signed-off-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagig@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Shachar Raindel <raindel@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Haggai Eran <haggaie@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Move check for DPDP out of the loop to make the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
The setting of this flag was missed in previous modifications.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Debug code prints the fifo name via custom dev_warn() wrappers. The
fifo_names array is only non-zero when debugging is manually enabled,
which is all well and good. However, it's *not* good that this array
uses zero-length arrays in the non-debug case, and so it doesn't
actually have any memory allocated to it. This means that as far as we
know, fifo_names[i] actually points to garbage memory.
I've seen this in my log:
[ 4601.205511] brcmsmac bcma0:1: wl0: brcms_c_d11hdrs_mac80211: �GeL txop exceeded phylen 137/256 dur 1602/1504
So let's give this array space enough to fill it with a NULL byte.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Cc: Brett Rudley <brudley@broadcom.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: "Franky (Zhenhui) Lin" <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Cc: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: brcm80211-dev-list@broadcom.com
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8192cu/hw.c:1595:6: warning:
symbol 'usb_cmd_send_packet' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Replace a misspelled function name by %s and then __func__.
8821 was written as 8812.
This was done using Coccinelle, including the use of Levenshtein distance,
as proposed by Rasmus Villemoes.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Replace a misspelled function name by %s and then __func__.
This was done using Coccinelle, including the use of Levenshtein distance,
as proposed by Rasmus Villemoes.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Replace a misspelled function name by %s and then __func__.
This was done using Coccinelle, including the use of Levenshtein distance,
as proposed by Rasmus Villemoes.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Inside macb_probe(), when devm_request_irq() fails on queue q, there is no need
to call devm_free_irq() on queues 0..q-1 because the managed device resources
are released later when calling free_netdev().
Also removing devm_free_irq() call from macb_remove() for the same reason.
Signed-off-by: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix a bug introduced by the multiqueue support patch:
"net/macb: add TX multiqueue support for gem"
the "bp" pointer to the netdev private data was dereferenced and used after the
associated memory had been freed by calling free_netdev().
Signed-off-by: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CONFIG_OF is not set:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/dwmac-sti.c: In function ‘sti_dwmac_parse_data’:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/dwmac-sti.c:318: warning: ‘rs’ is used uninitialized in this function
of_property_read_string() will return -ENOSYS in this case, and rs will
be an uninitialized pointer.
While the fallback clock selection is already selected correctly in this
case, the string comparisons should be skipped too, else the system will
crash while dereferencing the uninitialized pointer.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If GPIOLIB=n the following build errors occur:
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c: In function 'try_toggle_control_gpio':
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:2204:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'devm_gpiod_get_index' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:2204:7: warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast [enabled by default]
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:2213:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'gpiod_direction_output' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:2216:3: error: implicit declaration of function 'devm_gpiod_put' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:2222:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'gpiod_set_value_cansleep' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
Fix this by letting the driver depend on GPIOLIB if OF is selected.
Fixes: 7d2911c438 ("net: smc91x: Fix gpios for device tree based booting")
Cc: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be future-proof and for better readability the time comparisons are
modified to use time_before, time_after, and time_after_eq instead of
plain, error-prone math.
Signed-off-by: Asaf Vertz <asaf.vertz@tandemg.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support asymmetric EQ allocations, we should query the device
capabilities prior to enabling SRIOV. As a side effect of adding that,
we are dumping the PF device capabilities twice. Avoid that by moving
the printing into a helper function which is called once.
Fixes: 7ae0e400cd ('net/mlx4_core: Flexible (asymmetric) allocation of
EQs and MSI-X vectors for PF/VFs')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current mlx4_load_one has a memory leak as it always allocates
dev_cap, but frees it only on error.
In addition, even if VFs exist when mlx4_load_one is called,
we still need to notify probed VFs that we're loading (by
incrementing pf_loading).
Fixes: a0eacca948 ('net/mlx4_core: Refactor mlx4_load_one')
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to let drivers have more dynamic U-APSD support,
move the enablement flag to the virtual interface driver
flags. This lets drivers not only set it up differently
for different interfaces, but also enable/disable on the
fly if needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Here's the set of driver core patches for 3.19-rc1.
They are dominated by the removal of the .owner field in platform
drivers. They touch a lot of files, but they are "simple" changes, just
removing a line in a structure.
Other than that, a few minor driver core and debugfs changes. There are
some ath9k patches coming in through this tree that have been acked by
the wireless maintainers as they relied on the debugfs changes.
Everything has been in linux-next for a while.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2
iEYEABECAAYFAlSOD20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ylLPACg2QrW1oHhdTMT9WI8jihlHVRM
53kAoLeteByQ3iVwWurwwseRPiWa8+MI
=OVRS
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'driver-core-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull driver core update from Greg KH:
"Here's the set of driver core patches for 3.19-rc1.
They are dominated by the removal of the .owner field in platform
drivers. They touch a lot of files, but they are "simple" changes,
just removing a line in a structure.
Other than that, a few minor driver core and debugfs changes. There
are some ath9k patches coming in through this tree that have been
acked by the wireless maintainers as they relied on the debugfs
changes.
Everything has been in linux-next for a while"
* tag 'driver-core-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (324 commits)
Revert "ath: ath9k: use debugfs_create_devm_seqfile() helper for seq_file entries"
fs: debugfs: add forward declaration for struct device type
firmware class: Deletion of an unnecessary check before the function call "vunmap"
firmware loader: fix hung task warning dump
devcoredump: provide a one-way disable function
device: Add dev_<level>_once variants
ath: ath9k: use debugfs_create_devm_seqfile() helper for seq_file entries
ath: use seq_file api for ath9k debugfs files
debugfs: add helper function to create device related seq_file
drivers/base: cacheinfo: remove noisy error boot message
Revert "core: platform: add warning if driver has no owner"
drivers: base: support cpu cache information interface to userspace via sysfs
drivers: base: add cpu_device_create to support per-cpu devices
topology: replace custom attribute macros with standard DEVICE_ATTR*
cpumask: factor out show_cpumap into separate helper function
driver core: Fix unbalanced device reference in drivers_probe
driver core: fix race with userland in device_add()
sysfs/kernfs: make read requests on pre-alloc files use the buffer.
sysfs/kernfs: allow attributes to request write buffer be pre-allocated.
fs: sysfs: return EGBIG on write if offset is larger than file size
...
- A new API that allows setting more than one GPIO at the
time. This is implemented for the new descriptor-based
API only and makes it possible to e.g. toggle a clock and
data line at the same time, if the hardware can do this
with a single register write. Both consumers and drivers
need new calls, and the core will fall back to driving
individual lines where needed. Implemented for the MPC8xxx
driver initially.
- Patched the mdio-mux-gpio and the serial mctrl driver
that drives modems to use the new multiple-setting API
to set several signals simultaneously.
- Get rid of the global GPIO descriptor array, and instead
allocate descriptors dynamically for each GPIO on a certain
GPIO chip. This moves us closer to getting rid of the
limitation of using the global, static GPIO numberspace.
- New driver and device tree bindings for 74xx ICs.
- New driver and device tree bindings for the VF610 Vybrid.
- Support the RCAR r8a7793 and r8a7794.
- Guidelines for GPIO device tree bindings trying to get
things a bit more strict with the advent of combined
device properties.
- Suspend/resume support for the MVEBU driver.
- A slew of minor fixes and improvements.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=ZAhA
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'gpio-v3.19-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-gpio
Pull take two of the GPIO updates:
"Same stuff as last time, now with a fixup patch for the previous
compile error plus I ran a few extra rounds of compile-testing.
This is the bulk of GPIO changes for the v3.19 series:
- A new API that allows setting more than one GPIO at the time. This
is implemented for the new descriptor-based API only and makes it
possible to e.g. toggle a clock and data line at the same time, if
the hardware can do this with a single register write. Both
consumers and drivers need new calls, and the core will fall back
to driving individual lines where needed. Implemented for the
MPC8xxx driver initially
- Patched the mdio-mux-gpio and the serial mctrl driver that drives
modems to use the new multiple-setting API to set several signals
simultaneously
- Get rid of the global GPIO descriptor array, and instead allocate
descriptors dynamically for each GPIO on a certain GPIO chip. This
moves us closer to getting rid of the limitation of using the
global, static GPIO numberspace
- New driver and device tree bindings for 74xx ICs
- New driver and device tree bindings for the VF610 Vybrid
- Support the RCAR r8a7793 and r8a7794
- Guidelines for GPIO device tree bindings trying to get things a bit
more strict with the advent of combined device properties
- Suspend/resume support for the MVEBU driver
- A slew of minor fixes and improvements"
* tag 'gpio-v3.19-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-gpio: (33 commits)
gpio: mcp23s08: fix up compilation error
gpio: pl061: document gpio-ranges property for bindings file
gpio: pl061: hook request if gpio-ranges avaiable
gpio: mcp23s08: Add option to configure IRQ output polarity as active high
gpio: fix deferred probe detection for legacy API
serial: mctrl_gpio: use gpiod_set_array function
mdio-mux-gpio: Use GPIO descriptor interface and new gpiod_set_array function
gpio: remove const modifier from gpiod_get_direction()
gpio: remove gpio_descs global array
gpio: mxs: implement get_direction callback
gpio: em: Use dynamic allocation of GPIOs
gpio: Check if base is positive before calling gpio_is_valid()
gpio: mcp23s08: Add simple IRQ support for SPI devices
gpio: mcp23s08: request a shared interrupt
gpio: mcp23s08: Do not free unrequested interrupt
gpio: rcar: Add r8a7793 and r8a7794 support
gpio-mpc8xxx: add mpc8xxx_gpio_set_multiple function
gpiolib: allow simultaneous setting of multiple GPIO outputs
gpio: mvebu: add suspend/resume support
gpio: gpio-davinci: remove duplicate check on resource
..
New FW has chunks that are larger than the size limit of the
FH's DMA. To make sure we don't crash it - actively limit the
max size of each chunk.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
A few device IDs were added, reflect this change in the
driver.
Cc; <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.13+]
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In the very unlikely case in which no firmware could be,
found. the same pointer was freed twice. Fix that.
Fixes: 490fefebb6 ("iwlwifi: define the .ucode file format for debug")
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When we reset the device, the CSR_INT gets cleared as well
as CSR_INT_MASK. Meaning that we shouldn't get any interrupt
but, due to a hardware bug, recent devices will keep sending
interrupts. This leads to an interrupt storm while stopping
the device.
The way to fix this is to ACK all the interrupts after the
device is reset so that the value of CSR_INT will stay
0xffffffff.
Fixes: 522713c81e ("iwlwifi: pcie: properly reset the device")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
On stop(), we already cleared our internal state,
and the restart_complete() callback won't be
called, so simply clear the IN_HW_RESTART flag.
Keeping the flag might result in invalid state
on the next start(), preventing the driver starting
properly.
Additionally, don't take IWL_MVM_REF_UCODE_DOWN on stop()
if hw restart was requested, as the ref was already
taken in this case.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Pull another networking update from David Miller:
"Small follow-up to the main merge pull from the other day:
1) Alexander Duyck's DMA memory barrier patch set.
2) cxgb4 driver fixes from Karen Xie.
3) Add missing export of fixed_phy_register() to modules, from Mark
Salter.
4) DSA bug fixes from Florian Fainelli"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (24 commits)
net/macb: add TX multiqueue support for gem
linux/interrupt.h: remove the definition of unused tasklet_hi_enable
jme: replace calls to redundant function
net: ethernet: davicom: Allow to select DM9000 for nios2
net: ethernet: smsc: Allow to select SMC91X for nios2
cxgb4: Add support for QSA modules
libcxgbi: fix freeing skb prematurely
cxgb4i: use set_wr_txq() to set tx queues
cxgb4i: handle non-pdu-aligned rx data
cxgb4i: additional types of negative advice
cxgb4/cxgb4i: set the max. pdu length in firmware
cxgb4i: fix credit check for tx_data_wr
cxgb4i: fix tx immediate data credit check
net: phy: export fixed_phy_register()
fib_trie: Fix trie balancing issue if new node pushes down existing node
vlan: Add ability to always enable TSO/UFO
r8169:update rtl8168g pcie ephy parameter
net: dsa: bcm_sf2: force link for all fixed PHY devices
fm10k/igb/ixgbe: Use dma_rmb on Rx descriptor reads
r8169: Use dma_rmb() and dma_wmb() for DescOwn checks
...
Pull sparc update from David Miller:
"Not a lot of stuff this time around, mostly bug fixing:
- Fix alignment of 32-bit crosscall datastructure on Leon, from
Andreas Larsson.
- Several fixes to the virtual disk driver on sparc64 by Dwight
Engen, including handling resets of the service domain properly"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/sparc:
sunvdc: reconnect ldc after vds service domain restarts
sparc/ldc: create separate ldc_unbind from ldc_free
vio: create routines for inc,dec vio dring indexes
sunvdc: fix module unload/reload
sparc32, leon: Align ccall_info to prevent unaligned traps on crosscall
gem devices designed with multiqueue CANNOT work without this patch.
When probing a gem device, the driver must first prepare and enable the
peripheral clock before accessing I/O registers. The second step is to read the
MID register to find whether the device is a gem or an old macb IP.
For gem devices, it reads the Design Configuration Register 6 (DCFG6) to
compute to total number of queues, whereas macb devices always have a single
queue.
Only then it can call alloc_etherdev_mq() with the correct number of queues.
This is the reason why the order of some initializations has been changed in
macb_probe().
Eventually, the dedicated IRQ and TX ring buffer descriptors are initialized
for each queue.
For backward compatibility reasons, queue0 uses the legacy registers ISR, IER,
IDR, IMR, TBQP and RBQP. On the other hand, the other queues use new registers
ISR[1..7], IER[1..7], IDR[1..7], IMR[1..7], TBQP[1..7] and RBQP[1..7].
Except this hardware detail there is no real difference between queue0 and the
others. The driver hides that thanks to the struct macb_queue.
This structure allows us to share a common set of functions for all the queues.
Besides when a TX error occurs, the gem MUST be halted before writing any of
the TBQP registers to reset the relevant queue. An immediate side effect is
that the other queues too aren't processed anymore by the gem.
So macb_tx_error_task() calls netif_tx_stop_all_queues() to notify the Linux
network engine that all transmissions are stopped.
Also macb_tx_error_task() now calls spin_lock_irqsave() to prevent the
interrupt handlers of the other queues from running as each of them may wake
its associated queue up (please refer to macb_tx_interrupt()).
Finally, as all queues have previously been stopped, they should be restarted
calling netif_tx_start_all_queues() and setting the TSTART bit into the Network
Control Register. Before this patch, when dealing with a single queue, the
driver used to defer the reset of the faulting queue and the write of the
TSTART bit until the next call of macb_start_xmit().
As explained before, this bit is now set by macb_tx_error_task() too. That's
why the faulting queue MUST be reset by setting the TX_USED bit in its first
buffer descriptor before writing the TSTART bit.
Queue 0 always exits and is the lowest priority when other queues are available.
The higher the index of the queue is, the higher its priority is.
When transmitting frames, the TX queue is selected by the skb->queue_mapping
value. So queue discipline can be used to define the queue priority policy.
Signed-off-by: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calls to tasklet_hi_enable are replaced by calls to
tasklet_enable since the 2 functions are redundant.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Lambert <lambert.quentin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Valentin Rothberg <valentinrothberg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This chip is present on older revisions of the DE2 development kit.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This chip is present on the Nios2 Development Kit 2C35.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware 1.12.25.0 added support for QSA module, adding the driver code for it.
Also fixes some ethtool get settings for other module types.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Programs the firmware of the maximum outgoing iscsi pdu length per connection.
Signed-off-by: Karen Xie <kxie@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When building the bcmgenet driver as module, I get:
ERROR: "fixed_phy_register" [drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/genet/genet.ko] undefined!
commit b0ba512e225d72 ("net: bcmgenet: enable driver to work without device
tree") which added a call to fixed_phy_register. But fixed_phy_register
needs to be exported if used from a module.
Signed-off-by: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PS_RESPONSE to info->control.flags since
this is used only in the TX path (by ath9k). This frees up
a bit which can be used for other purposes.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Both sunvdc and sunvnet implemented distinct functionality for incrementing
and decrementing dring indexes. Create common functions for use by both
from the sunvnet versions, which were chosen since they will still work
correctly in case a non power of two ring size is used.
Signed-off-by: Dwight Engen <dwight.engen@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ephy parameter to rtl8168g.
Also change the common function of rtl8168g from "rtl_hw_start_8168g_1" to
"rtl_hw_start_8168g". And function "rtl_hw_start_8168g_1" is used for
setting rtl8168g hardware parameters.
Following is the explanation of what hardware parameter change for.
rtl8168g may erroneous judge the PCIe signal quality and show the error bit
on PCI configuration space when in PCIe low power mode.
The following ephy parameters are for above issue.
{ 0x00, 0x0000, 0x0008 }
{ 0x0c, 0x37d0, 0x0820 }
{ 0x1e, 0x0000, 0x0001 }
rtl8168g may return to PCIe L0 from PCIe L0s low power mode too slow.
The following ephy parameter is for above issue.
{ 0x19, 0x8000, 0x0000 }
Signed-off-by: Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For ports of the switch that we define as "fixed PHYs" such as MoCA, we
would have our Port 7 special handling that would allow us to assert the
link status indication.
For other ports, such as e.g: RGMII_1 connected to a cable modem, we
would rely on whatever the bootloader has left configured, which is a
bad assumption to make, we really need to force the link status
indication here.
Fixes: 246d7f773c ("net: dsa: add Broadcom SF2 switch driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that dma_rmb is used when reading the Rx
descriptor. The advantage of dma_rmb is that it allows for a much
lower cost barrier on x86, powerpc, arm, and arm64 architectures than a
traditional memory barrier when dealing with reads that only have to
synchronize to coherent memory.
In addition I have updated the code so that it just checks to see if any
bits have been set instead of just the DD bit since the DD bit will always
be set as a part of a descriptor write-back so we just need to check for a
non-zero value being present at that memory location rather than just
checking for any specific bit. This allows the code itself to appear much
cleaner and allows the compiler more room to optimize.
Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The r8169 use a pair of wmb() calls when setting up the descriptor rings.
The first is to synchronize the descriptor data with the descriptor status,
and the second is to synchronize the descriptor status with the use of the
MMIO doorbell to notify the device that descriptors are ready. This can
come at a heavy price on some systems, and is not really necessary on
systems such as x86 as a simple barrier() would suffice to order store/store
accesses. As such we can replace the first memory barrier with
dma_wmb() to reduce the cost for these accesses.
In addition the r8169 uses a rmb() to prevent compiler optimization in the
cleanup paths, however by moving the barrier down a few lines and replacing
it with a dma_rmb() we should be able to use it to guarantee
descriptor accesses do not occur until the device has updated the DescOwn
bit from its end.
One last change I made is to move the update of cur_tx in the xmit path to
after the wmb. This way we can guarantee the device and all CPUs should
see the DescOwn update before they see the cur_tx value update.
Cc: Realtek linux nic maintainers <nic_swsd@realtek.com>
Cc: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
